BJW3000_3050-sm
-
Upload
gabrieldianu -
Category
Documents
-
view
147 -
download
5
Transcript of BJW3000_3050-sm
REVISION 0
QY8-1366-000JAN. 2000
COPYRIGHT © 2000 CANON INC. CANON BJ-W3000/3050 0100 GR 0.35-0 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
0100 GR 0.40-0
i i i
PREFACE
i i
PREFACE
Descriptions in this manual are based on the following conventions.
1. In the Basic Operation section, the roles of each function, relationships between electrical
and mechanical systems, and the timing for each part are summarized.
The mark indicates mechanical drive transmission. The mark
accompanying a signal name indicates the flow of electrical signals.
Flow charts are also used in the summary of operation.
The symbols used in the flow charts are as follows:
2. In the descriptions of digital circuits, "1" or "H" indicates a high voltage level, and "0" or
"L", a low voltage level. However, the actual voltage values vary depending on the circuit.
3. It is assumed that the Printed circuit board (PCB) will not be repaired by the user. There-
fore, the descriptions of the circuits on the PCB are limited to block diagrams.
4. Troubleshooting is described using procedural tables.
The procedural table is a variation of a general flow chart.
An example is shown below.
e.g. No power is supplied.
1
2
3
NO
NO
YES
Connect the power code to themachine and outlet.
Explain to the customer that thetrouble is not attributable to themachine.
Remove the cause of the blownfuse and replace the DC powerPCB.
Is the power cord properly con-nected to the receptacle on themachine and the outlet?
Is the specified voltage applied tothe outlet?
Is the fuse on the DC power PCB(F1) blown?
Step RemedyCheck itemCause Result
• If you want to know the possible causes of any specific problem (suspected parts), refer to
the "Cause" column in the table.
In the event "No power is supplied" as shown in the above table, an unplugged power
source, power source failure, blown fuse, and other causes can be considered.
Unplugged powersource
Power source failure
Blown fuse
Start/completion Operation Decision Remedy Jump Stop
ii
This Service Manual describes fundamental field service for the BJ-W3000/BJ-W3050 large
format printer.
This Manual is composed of the following chapters:
Chapter 1 General Description: Features, specifications and operating procedures
Chapter 2 Basic Operation: Operation of mechanical and electric functions
Chapter 3 Mechanical System: Mechanical setup and assembling/disassembling procedure
Chapter 4 Maintenance and Servicing: Periodic parts replacement, Standard service life of
consumables, Periodical services, points of maintenance and inspections
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting: Service mode, adjusting and settings, operation trouble
correction, image trouble correction
Chapter 6 Circuite diagrams
Appendix Menu guide
i
v
PREFACE
i v
PREFACE
CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATION
iv
• In order to remedy a problem, check the Steps in order. Answer the first "Check item"
question. If your answer matches that given in the "Result", follow the corresponding proce-
dure in the "Remedy" column. If your answer is not the same, go on to the next step and
repeat the same procedure.
• When checking voltages using a tester is required, it will be specified in the check item.
For instance; "measure the voltage between J102-1 (+) and JI02-2 (-) on the engine control-
ler PCB". In this case, apply the plus and minus leads of the tester to the (+) and (-) termi-
nals indicated after the connector numbers:
e.g. JI02-1 (+): Plus lead
JI02-2 (-): Minus lead
5. The signal address of the circuit diagram is shown by applicable pages of each controller
(indicated at the upper right of the circuit diagram) and its location.
CAUTION
Connect in the power code to the machine and outlet.
Is the power cord properly
connected to the receptacle on the machine
and outlet?
YES
NO1
<Remedy><Check item> <Result><Step>
Explain to the customer that the trouble is not attributable to the machine.
Is the specified voltage applied to the outlet?
YES
NO2
Remove the cause of the blown fuse and replace the DC power PCB.
Is the fuse on the DC power PCB (F1)
blown?
NO
YES3
When checking voltages with a tester, touching the components or connector terminals on
the PCB with the hands may cause an electric shock. It is advisable to wear rubber gloves
or the like when power is supplied to the machine to protect yourself from electric shock.
iii
I. SPECIFICATIONS ............................................ 1-11. Type ............................................................. 1-12. Exterior ........................................................ 1-13. Mechanism .................................................. 1-24. Media ........................................................... 1-45. Others .......................................................... 1-6
II. NAMES OF COMPONENTS ............................. 1-7A. External View ............................................... 1-7B. Carriage ....................................................... 1-8C. Cable Connections ...................................... 1-8D. Rear Side of Main Unit ................................. 1-9E. Printing Direction .......................................... 1-9
III. OPERATION ................................................... 1-10A. Operation Panel ......................................... 1-10B. Printer States ............................................. 1-11C. User Mode Menu .......................................... 13
1. Menu guide ............................................. 132. Menu and parameter setup .................. 1-143. Details of user mode menus ................ 1-144. Using the setup list ............................... 1-255. Dump mode ......................................... 1-276. Image layout ........................................ 1-27
D. Basic Operation ......................................... 1-29
E. Paper Thickness Adjustment Lever ........... 1-31IV. CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT ....................... 1-32
A. Replacing the BJ Print head ....................... 1-32B. Replacing the Ink Tank ............................... 1-34
V. SIMM REPLACEMENT ................................... 1-36A. About SIMM ............................................... 1-36B. SIMM Installation ....................................... 1-36C. SIMM Removal .......................................... 1-37
VI. CAUTIONS ON HANDLING ............................ 1-38A. Cartridges .................................................. 1-38
1. Cautions on handling the BJ printhead ..................................................... 1-38
2. Cautions on handling ink tanks ............ 1-38B. Paper Storage Environment ...................... 1-39C. Paper ......................................................... 1-39D. After Printing .............................................. 1-39
VII. USER MAINTENANCE .................................. 1-40A. Head Cleaning ........................................... 1-40B. Normal Cleaning ......................................... 1-40
VIII. INSTALLATION ENVIRONMENT ................ 1-41IX. PACKAGE CONFIGURATION ....................... 1-42X. TRANSPORTING THE PRINTER ................... 1-43
I. BASIC OPERATION ......................................... 2-1A. Functional Configuration .............................. 2-1B. Interface Input/Output .................................. 2-2
1. Parallel interface ..................................... 2-22. Serial interface ........................................ 2-6
C. Image Controller .......................................... 2-7D. Engine Controller ....................................... 2-10E. Engine controller Input/Output ................... 2-12
1. Engine controller input/output (1/3) ...... 2-122. Engine controller input/output (2/3) ...... 2-133. Engine controller input/output (3/3) ...... 2-14
F. Summary of Operation ............................... 2-151. When the power switch is turned ON ... 2-152. When media is loaded ......................... 2-173. Printing ................................................. 2-18
II. CARRIAGE UNIT ............................................ 2-22A. Outline ....................................................... 2-22B. Carriage Motor Control .............................. 2-24
1. Outline .................................................. 2-242. Operation ............................................. 2-243. Detection of front cover open/closed ... 2-25
C. Linear Encoder .......................................... 2-261. Outline .................................................. 2-262. Structure .............................................. 2-263. Output signal ........................................ 2-264. Control ................................................. 2-27
D. Media Sensor ............................................. 2-281. Outline .................................................. 2-282. Paper width detection .......................... 2-283. Skew detection ..................................... 2-294. Light compensation .............................. 2-315. Auto band adjustment .......................... 2-316. Automatic print position adjustment ..... 2-32
E. Detection of the Ink Tank ........................... 2-341. Outline .................................................. 2-342. Method of detecting the ink tank .......... 2-34
vii
PREFACE
v i
PREFACE
CHAPTER 5 TROUBLESHOOTING
CHAPTER 4 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING
I. PERIODIC PARTS REPLACEMENT ................ 4-1II. STANDARD SERVICE LIFE OF
CONSUMABLES ............................................... 4-1III. PERIODIC SERVICE ........................................ 4-1
IV. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION ................ 4-2A. Cleaning/Inspection Points .......................... 4-2B. Lubrication Points ........................................ 4-3
vi
CHAPTER 3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM
v
F. Remaining Ink Detection ............................ 2-351. Outline .................................................. 2-352. Method of detecting remaining ink ....... 2-36
G. Cutter Unit .................................................. 2-381. Outline .................................................. 2-382. Cutting operation .................................. 2-38
III. BJ CARTRIDGE .............................................. 2-39A. BJ Cartridge ............................................... 2-39
1. Overview .............................................. 2-392. Structure .............................................. 2-393. BJ print head ........................................ 2-414. Nozzle arrangement ............................. 2-42
B. BJ Print head Drive .................................... 2-431. Construction of electric head unit ......... 2-432. Print signal ........................................... 2-45
IV. PURGE UNIT .................................................. 2-46A. Outline ....................................................... 2-46B. Capping Function ....................................... 2-51
1. Outline .................................................. 2-512. Operation ............................................. 2-51
C. Head Cleaning ........................................... 2-521. Outline .................................................. 2-522. Wiping .................................................. 2-52
3. Maintenance jet .................................... 2-534. Suction ................................................. 2-54
D. Waste Ink Absorber Unit ............................ 2-561. Waste ink absorber unit ....................... 2-56
V. FEEDER UNIT ................................................ 2-57A. Outline ....................................................... 2-57B. Paper Feed Motor Control ......................... 2-58
1. Outline .................................................. 2-582. Operation ............................................. 2-58
C. Feeding Operation ..................................... 2-601. Outline .................................................. 2-602. Loading paper ...................................... 2-603. Paper feeding during printing ............... 2-614. Feeding operation ................................ 2-625. PE sensor ............................................ 2-62
VI. FAN ................................................................. 2-63VII. POWER SUPPLY ........................................... 2-65
A. Power Supply Outline ................................ 2-65B. Power Circuit ............................................. 2-66
1. AC power supply .................................. 2-662. DC power supply .................................. 2-66
C. Power Circuit Protection ............................ 2-66
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY .......................... 3-11. List of Main Parts ......................................... 3-22. Outline of disassembly and assembly of
main parts .................................................... 3-3PRECAUTIONS FOR DISASSEMBLYAND REASSEMBLY .............................................. 3-5I. EXTERNALS ..................................................... 3-7
A. External Cover ............................................. 3-71. Removing the right cover ....................... 3-72. Removing the upper cover and
front cover .............................................. 3-73. Removing the lower cover ..................... 3-84. Removing the front cover switch ............ 3-9
B. Operation Panel ........................................... 3-91. Removing the operation panel ............... 3-9
C. Fan ............................................................. 3-101. Removing the cooling fan .................... 3-102. Removing the suction fan .................... 3-12
II. CARRIAGE UNIT ............................................ 3-131. Removing the carriage unit .................. 3-132. Removing the carriage belt .................. 3-153. Installing the carriage belt .................... 3-164. Removing the linear scale .................... 3-17
5. Replacing the flexible cable ................. 3-18III. PURGE UNIT .................................................. 3-21
1. Removing the purge unit ...................... 3-212. Removing the waste ink absorber
unit ....................................................... 3-23IV. FEEDER UNIT ................................................ 3-24
1. Removing the pinch roller unit ............. 3-242. Removing the platen ............................ 3-253. Installing the platen .............................. 3-264. Removing the paper feed roller ............ 3-275. Removing the PE sensor ..................... 3-27
V. DRIVING UNIT ................................................ 3-281. Removing the carriage motor ............... 3-282. Removing the paper feed motor .......... 3-293. Installing the paper feed motor ............ 3-304. Fastening the paper feed roller set
screws .................................................. 3-30VI. ELECTRICAL PART ........................................ 3-32
1. Removing the image controller ............ 3-322. Removing the engine controller ........... 3-333. Removing the PCB box ........................ 3-344. Removing the power switch ................. 3-355. Removing the DC power supply .......... 3-35
I. SERVICE MODE ............................................... 5-1A. Outline .......................................................... 5-1B. Service Mode Operation .............................. 5-1
1. How to enter the service mode .............. 5-12. Stopping the service mode .................... 5-1
C. Service Mode Map ....................................... 5-2D. Service Mode ............................................... 5-3
1. Control display mode ............................. 5-32. Adjusting mode ...................................... 5-53. Operation/inspection mode .................... 5-64. Counter mode ........................................ 5-75. Initialization mode .................................. 5-8
II. ADJUSTMENTS AND SETTINGS .................... 5-9A. About Adjustments and Settings .................. 5-9B. Items for Adjustment and Setting ................. 5-9C. Adjustment and Setting Procedures ........... 5-10
1. Automatic printing position adjustmentand automatic band adjustment(User-settable) ..................................... 5-11
2. Waste ink counter reset (for exclusiveuse in service mode) ............................ 5-11
3. Replacing the image controller andengine controller .................................. 5-11
4. Paper feed accuracy compensationvalue adjustment .................................. 5-13
5. Changing the parallel interfacecommunication mode ........................... 5-15
6. Image controller/engine controllerupgrade procedure ............................... 5-16
III. ERROR/WARNING CODES ........................... 5-18A. Outline ....................................................... 5-18B. List of Error and Warning Codes ............... 5-18
1. 001xx (Media/feeding system) ............. 5-202. 003xx (Drive system) ........................... 5-223. 004xx (BJ Print head system) .............. 5-234. 005xx (Ink tank system) ....................... 5-245. 007xx (Purge system) .......................... 5-246. 008xx (Cutter system) .......................... 5-257. 011xx (Engine controller) ..................... 5-258. 012xx (Internal communication system) .... 5-269. 015xx (Power supply related) .............. 5-26
10. 021xx (User-adjusted system) ............. 5-2611. 051xx (Image controller) ...................... 5-2712. 052xx (Serial interface communication
system) ................................................ 5-2713. 053xx (Parallel interface communication
system) ................................................ 5-2714. 060xx (Internal data processing
system) ................................................ 5-2815. 061xx (GL command system) .............. 5-2916. 062xx (GL2 command system) ............ 5-2917. 063xx (RTL command system) ............ 5-2918. 064xx (ESC command system) ........... 5-3019. 065xx (PJL command system) ............. 5-3020. 067xx (TIFF command system) ........... 5-3021. 097xx (Direct error code from the image
controller) ............................................. 5-3122. 098xx (Direct error code from the engine
controller) ............................................. 5-3123. 099xx (Others) ..................................... 5-31
IV. CORRECTION OF OPERATION DEFECTS .. 5-321. 001xx (Media/feeding system) ............. 5-322. 003xx (Drive system) ........................... 5-333. 004xx (BJ Print head system) .............. 5-344. 005xx (Ink tank system) ....................... 5-345. 007xx (Purge unit) ................................ 5-356. 008xx (Cutter system) .......................... 5-367. 011xx (Engine controller) ..................... 5-368. 012xx (Internal communication system) .... 5-379. 015xx (Power supply related) .............. 5-3710. 021xx (User-adjusted system) ............. 5-3711. 051xx (Image controller) ...................... 5-3712. 052xx (Serial interface communication
system) ................................................ 5-3813. 053xx (Parallel interface communication
system) ................................................ 5-3814. 060xx (Internal data processing
system) ................................................ 5-3815. 061xx (GL command system) .............. 5-3916. 062xx (GL2 command system) ............ 5-3917. 063xx (RTL command system) ............ 5-3918. 064xx (ESC command system) ........... 5-39
i x
PREFACE
viii
PREFACE
CHAPTER 6 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
A. GENERAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ........................ 6-1B. IMAGE CONTROLLER ...................................... 6-4C. ENGIN CONTROLLER ................................... 6-16
D. CARRIAGE CONTROLLER ............................ 6-33E. PAPER SENSOR ............................................ 6-41F. OPERATION PANEL CONTROLLER ............. 6-42
APPENDIX
MENU GUIDE ......................................................... A-1
vii
19. 065xx (PJL command system) ............. 5-3920. 067xx (TIFF command system) ........... 5-3921. 097xx (Direct error code from the image
controller) ............................................. 5-3922. 098xx (Direct error code from the engine
controller) ............................................. 5-3923. 099xx (Others) ..................................... 5-3924. No power ............................................ 5-4025. Nothing is indicated on the operation
panel .................................................... 5-4126. Opening and closing of front cover is
not detected ......................................... 5-4127. Wiper solenoid does not working ......... 5-4128. Media is not fed .................................... 5-4229. Suction fan does not rotate .................. 5-42
V. CORRECTION OF IMAGE DEFECTS ............ 5-43A. Initial Inspection ......................................... 5-43
1. Installation environment ....................... 5-432. Media check ......................................... 5-43
B. Corrective Procedures for Image Defects .. 5-44
1. Non-ejection of ink ............................... 5-442. Vertical misalignment 1 ........................ 5-453. Vertical misalignment 2 ........................ 5-464. Low resolution ...................................... 5-475. Dislocation of dots of different colors ... 5-476. Dot misalignment ................................. 5-487. Lines (Carriage direction) ..................... 5-498. White lines (Paper feed direction) ....... 5-509. Bleeding ............................................... 5-5110. Dimensional accuracy problems .......... 5-5111. Blotting boundary between filled
images ................................................. 5-52VI. ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ARRANGEMENT/
FUNCTIONS ................................................... 5-53A. Sensors and Switches ............................... 5-53B. Motors, Fans, and Solenoids ..................... 5-54C. Logic boards .............................................. 5-55D. Engine Controller ....................................... 5-56E. Image Controller ........................................ 5-57
CHAPTER 1
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
I. SPECIFICATIONS ............................................ 1-1II. NAMES OF COMPONENTS ............................. 1-7
A. External View ............................................... 1-7B. Carriage ....................................................... 1-8C. Cable Connections ...................................... 1-8D. Rear Side of Main Unit ................................. 1-9E. Printing Direction .......................................... 1-9
III. OPERATION ................................................... 1-10A. Operation Panel ......................................... 1-10B. Printer States ............................................. 1-11C. User Mode Menu ....................................... 1-13D. Basic Operation ......................................... 1-29E. Paper Thickness Adjustment Lever ........... 1-31
IV. CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT ....................... 1-32A. Replacing the BJ Print head ....................... 1-32B. Replacing the Ink Tank ............................... 1-34
V. SIMM REPLACEMENT ................................... 1-36A. About SIMM ............................................... 1-36B. SIMM Installation ....................................... 1-36C. SIMM Removal .......................................... 1-37
VI. CAUTIONS ON HANDLING ............................ 1-38A. Cartridges .................................................. 1-38B. Paper Storage Environment ...................... 1-39C. Paper ......................................................... 1-39D. After Printing .............................................. 1-39
VII. USER MAINTENANCE .................................. 1-40A. Head Cleaning ........................................... 1-40B. Normal Cleaning ......................................... 1-40
VIII. INSTALLATION ENVIRONMENT ................ 1-41IX. PACKAGE CONFIGURATION ....................... 1-42X. TRANSPORTING THE PRINTER ................... 1-43
I. Specifications
1. TypeType: Bubble jet printer
Purge system: Suction with tube pump
Paper feeding method: Cut sheet media; Manually set to the front.
Roll media; Automatic feeding (When manually set to the rear.)
Sheet feeder capacity: Cut sheet media; 1 sheet
Roll media; 1 unit (Outside dia.: 100mm or less, Media tube bore:
50.8mm (2"))
Media delivery system: Face-up delivery in front
Max. delivery sheets: 5 sheets (Plain paper)
Fixing method: Natural drying
Cutter: Automatic cutter (replaceable)
2. ExteriorA0-size model:
External dimensions (main unit only); 1462 x 388 x 345 mm
External dimensions (including stand); 1462 x 700 x 1204 mm
Weight (Main unit only); Approx. 31 kg
Weight (including stand); Approx. 46 kg
A1-size model:
External dimensions (main unit only); 1182 x 388 x 345 mm
External dimensions (including stand); 1182 x 700 x 1204 mm
Weight (main unit only); Approx. 26 kg
Weight (including stand); Approx. 40 kg
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–1
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–3
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–2
Cartridge construction Head/Ink tank separation type
1 row of 160 nozzles (144 nozzles used) x 4 colors
Ink type Black: Pigment, Cyan/Magenta/Yellow: dye
Ink tank capacity Black: Approx. 23g,
Cyan/Magenta/Yellow: Approx. 20g
BJ print head service life A0 size: Approx. 400 sheets, A1 size: Approx. 500
sheets
(continuous printing on plain paper, 1-pass uni-
directional, at 20% duty (5% for each color))
Ink consumption A0 size: Bk; 25 sheets,
Cyan/Magenta/Yellow; 40 sheets
A1 size: Bk; 50 sheets,
Cyan/Magenta/Yellow; 80 sheets
(continuous printing on plain paper, 1-pass uni-
directional, at 20% duty (5% for each color))
Interface Parallel interface
Complies with IEEE1284 (Compatible mode/Nibble
mode)
Connector complying with IEEE1284-B Receptacle
Serial interface
Complies with RS-232C (DCE)
D-Sub 9-pin female connector
Emulation Complies with HP-GL, HP-GL/2, and HP-RTL
Kanji font Kanji JIS first and second standard
Memory Standard: 8MB (can be increased to 72 MB: 72-pin
60ns FPM type SIMMs)
EDO memory can be used in FPM mode.
Cutter Automatic cutter (replaceable)
Waste-ink tank Provided
Maintenance jet Provided
Capping system Provided
Paper thickness adjustment Provided
Automatic printing position adjustment Provided
Self diagnostics Provided
Skewed feed detection Provided
Head detection Provided
Head insertion error detection Not provided
Print modes according to media type <Corresponds to the Nos. of table 1-101.>
3. MechanismPrint mode/Resolution
(No.) Mode Pass *1 Resolution Drive frequency Dot size *3
(1) Monochrome draft 1 pass/Bi 180dpi x 360dpi 14.4kHz M
(2) Monochrome normal 1 pass/Uni 360dpi x 360dpi 7.2kHz L
(3) Monochrome enhanced 2 pass/Uni 360dpi x 360dpi 7.2kHz L
(4) Monochrome high enhanced4 pass/Uni 360dpi x 360dpi 7.2kHz L
(5) Monochrome high resolution4 pass/Uni 720dpi x 720dpi*2 7.2kHz S
(6) Color draft 1 pass/Bi 360dpi x 360dpi 7.2kHz Bk:M/Color:S
(7) Color normal 1 pass/Uni 360dpi x 360dpi 7.2kHz Bk:L/Color:S
(8) Color enhanced 2 pass/Uni 360dpi x 360dpi 7.2kHz Bk:L/Color:S
(9) Color high enhanced 4 pass/Unil 360dpi x 360dpi 7.2kHz Bk:L/Color:S
* 1: Bi=bi-directional, Uni=uni-directional
* 2: Equivalent
* 3: S=small dot, M=middle dot, L=large dot
Table 1-101
Media type Monochrome Color
Draft Normal EnhancedHigh resolution Draft Normal Enhanced
Maximum printing speed (Plain paper mode)
Print mode A0 size A1 size
Monochrome
mode
Color mode
Draft mode Approx. 2 minutes 15 seconds Approx. 1 minute 30 seconds
Enhanced mode Approx. 13 minutes Approx. 7 minutes
High Resolution mode Approx. 25 minutes Approx. 13 minutes 15 seconds
Draft mode Approx. 5 minutes 15 seconds Approx. 3 minutes
Enhanced mode Approx. 15 minutes Approx. 8 minutes 30 seconds
Plain paper (1) (2) (3) (5) (6) (7) (8)
Coated paper (1) (2) (3) (5) (7) (8) (9)
Tracing paper (2) (3) (4) (5) (7) (8) (9)
Matte film (2) (3) (4) (5) (7) (8) (9)
Table 1-102
Table 1-103
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–5
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–4
Printable papers
Paper standard mm inch A1 model A0 model
ISO A Vertical Horizontal Vertical HorizontalA0 841.0 ´ 1189.0 33.1´ 46.8 NG NG OK NGA1 594.0 ´ 841.0 23.4´ 33.1 OK NG OK OKA2 420.0 ´ 594.0 16.5´ 23.4 OK OK OK OKA3 297.0 ´ 420.0 11.7´ 16.5 OK OK OK OKA4 210.0 ´ 297.0 8.3 ´ 11.7 NG OK NG OKJIS BB1 728.0 ´ 1030.0 28.7́ 40.6 NG NG OK NGB2 515.0 ´ 728.0 20.3´ 28.7 OK NG OK OKB3 364.0 ´ 515.0 14.3´ 20.3 OK OK OK OKB4 257.0 ´ 364.0 10.1´ 14.3 OK OK OK OKISO BB1 707.0 ´ 1000.0 27.8´ 39.4 NG NG OK NGB2 500.0 ´ 707.0 19.7´ 27.8 OK NG OK OKB3 353.0 ´ 500.0 13.9´ 19.7 OK OK OK OKB4 250.0 ´ 353.0 9.8 ´ 13.9 OK OK OK OKANSIE 863.6 ´ 1117.6 34.0´ 44.0 NG NG OK NGD 558.8 ´ 863.6 22.0´ 34.0 OK NG OK OKC 431.8 ´ 558.8 17.0´ 22.0 OK OK OK OKB 279.4 ´ 431.8 11.0´ 17.0 OK OK OK OKA 215.9 ´ 279.4 8.5 ´ 11.0 NG OK NG OKANSI ARCH6 914.4 ´ 1219.2 36.0́ 48.0 NG NG OK NG5 762.0 ´ 1066.8 30.0´ 42.0 NG NG OK NG4 609.6 ´ 914.4 24.0´ 36.0 OK NG OK OK3 457.2 ´ 609.6 18.0´ 24.0 OK OK OK OK2 304.8 ´ 457.2 12.0´ 18.0 OK OK OK OK1 228.6 ´ 304.8 9.0 ´ 12.0 NG OK NG OKISO OverA0 910.0 ´ 1245.0 35.8´ 49.0 NG NG OK NGA1 627.0 ´ 900.0 24.7´ 35.4 OK NG OK OKA1L 627.0 ´ 1250.0 24.7´ 49.2 OK NG OK NGA2 460.0 ´ 645.0 18.1´ 25.4 OK NG OK OKA3 340.0 ´ 465.0 13.4´ 18.3 OK OK OK OKEURO DINA0 881.0 ´ 1229.0 34.7´ 48.4 NG NG OK NGA1 634.0 ´ 881.0 25.0´ 34.7 OK NG OK OKA2 460.0 ´ 634.0 18.1´ 25.0 OK OK OK OKA3 337.0 ´ 460.0 13.3´ 18.1 OK OK OK OKA4 250.0 ´ 337.0 9.8 ´ 13.3 OK OK OK OKKOREANm 540.0 ´ 790.0 21.3´ 31.1 OK NG OK OKs 390.0 ´ 540.0 15.4´ 21.3 OK OK OK OK
Ink tank detection Provided
Remaining ink detection Provided
Waste-ink full detection Provided
Media out detection Provided
Remaining roll media detection Not provided
Roll media end detection Provided
Media size detection
Cut sheet media: Automatic vertical/horizontal
detection
Roll media: Vertical; size or data designated
Horizontal; automatic detection
Carriage position detection Provided
Machine internal temperature detection Provided
4. MediaMedia types Plain paper, coated paper, tracing paper, and matte
film (75 ~ 100m m)
Paper thickness 75 ~ 165m m (excluding matte film) / 64 ~ 128g/m2
Maximum paper width A0 model: 914mm
A1 model: 634mm
Minimum paper width/length Width; 250mm Length; 150mm
Maximum printing length Cut sheet media: 1250mm
Roll media* : Windows95/98 driver; 4.6m
WindowsNT4.0 driver; 4.6m
ADI driver; 13m
HDI driver; 18m
* : Printing length of roll media varies depending on the type of application, operating system, or driver used.
Printing margin Cut sheet media: Leading edge; 5mm/15mm
Trailing edge; 20mm
Right/left edge; 5mm
Roll media: Leading edge; 5mm/15mm
Trailing edge; 5mm
Right/left edge; 5mm
Maximum printing area Excludes printing margins
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–7
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–6
II. NAMES OF COMPONENTSA. External View
Figure 1-201
[1]
[8]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[2]
[3]
[1] Front cover
[2] Carriage
[3] Operation panel
[4] Paper release lever
[5] Wiper (Cleaner blade)
[6] Cutter unit
[7] Platen
[8] Pinch roller
5. OthersPower source AC: 100 ~ 240 V (-15%, +10%)
Frequency 50/60Hz
Power consumption Max.: 120W or less
At stand-by: 22W or less
Noise Sound pressure level (Complies with ISO 9296.)
When operating: Approx. 52dB (A) or less
At stand-by: Approx. 20dB (A) or less
Operating environment Temperature: 5 ~ 35°C
(Printing quality assured: 15 ~ 30°C)
Humidity: 10 ~ 90%RH
(Printing quality assured: 20 ~ 80%RH)
Atmospheric pressure: 1013 ~ 709hPa
Storage environment* Temperature: 0 ~ 35°C
Humidity: 5 ~ 95% (RH)
* : Should be free from condensation and rapid temperature variations.
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–9
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–8
D. Rear Side of Main Unit
Paper feed backward direction
Paper feedforward direction
Carriageforward direction
Carriagebackward direction
Figure 1-204
E. Printing Direction
[6]
[5] [4]
[3]
[2] [1]
[4] Parallel interface connector
[5] AC inlet
[6] Power switch
[1] Roll media stopper
[2] Spindle
[3] Serial interface connector
Figure 1-205
B. Carriage
[1] Ink tank
[2] BJ print head release hook
[3] Paper thickness adjustment lever
[4] BJ Cartridge
[5] Ink tank release hook
[6] Cutter unit
Figure 1-202
C. Cable Connections
[1] Parallel interface connector
[2] Serial interface connector
[3] AC inlet
[4] Earth wire terminal
[5] Power switch
Figure 1-203
[1] [2]
[3]
[4]
[5][6]
[1][2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–11
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–10
B. Printer StatesPrinter states and key operation are shown below.
Menu setup screen
After printing on cut sheet media
Sleep
OfflinePause
*2
*1*3
(Black arrows) : Change of printer states when the Online key is pressed.
*1. Some menus cannot be setup during printing.
*2. When no media is loaded, the machine cannot be returned to the “Online” state by pressing the Online key.
It returns to “Offline”.
*3. Pressing any key on the control panel, opening the front cover, or receiving data in "Sleep" state will wake the printer up.
Med
ia s
etup
Menu setup screen
Printing
Data received
After printing on roll media
Online
Figure 1-302
Figure 1-301
III. OPERATIONA. Operation Panel
No. Name Function
[1] Data reception lamp Green when receiving data. Blinks if data is transmittedwhen the printer cannot receive it.
[2] Message display Menus, parameters, error messages and other conditionsare displayed. Divided into upper and lower sections.
[3] Power lamp Green when power switch is turned on. Orange in thesleep state. Blinks orange if an error occurs.
[4] Online key Switches between the online, offline and menu states.
[5] Enter key Enters selected menu item.
[6] Right/left arrow keys Used when selecting parameters. Also used to move thecarriage on the platen.
[7] Up/down arrow keys Used when selecting menus. Can move the paper backand forth when offline.
DATA POWER
ENTER ONLINE
[1] [2] [3]
[4][5][6][7]
Table 1-301
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–13
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–12
State Printer state
• This machine can receive, analyze and print data. When printing isstarted, "Printing" appears on the message display.• While online, only the online key is functional. To use the other keys,this machine should be offline or in the menu state.• If no data is received for 5 minutes in this state, the printer enters thesleep state.
• If data is transmitted from the host in the offline state, the printer willignore it.• The roll media can be fed and the carriage can be moved.• If no data is received for 20 minutes, the printer enters the sleep state.
• Printing is paused. As long as, there is sufficient space in the buffermemory, data is received and analyzed continuously. When the receptionbuffer becomes almost full in the pause state, the mode is shifted toreceive data at 1 byte/sec.• By pressing the online key in the pause state, the printer will enter themenu state.
• Menus and parameters can be set up. The menu items available whenpaused are more limited than those available when in offline state.
• The printer is printing.• The operation panel keys cannot be used in the printing state. To usethe keys, the printer should be in the pause or menu state.
• All lamps and the display (other than the power lamp) are off.• When paper is loaded and data is transmitted from the host, the printerautomatically enters the online state and starts printing.
Online
Offline
Pause
Menu
Printing
Sleep
Table 1-302
1-13
C. User Mode Menu1. Menu guide
The following diagram shows the menu hierarchy of this printer.
SERVICE MODE
DISPLAY
PRINT INFYesNo
SYSTEM
TYPE: AxTMP: 000.0CH-TMP K1:000.0CH-TMP K2:000.0CH-TMP C: 000.0CH-TMP M: 000.0CH-TMP Y: 000.0CP-SIZE X:0000.00P-SIZE Y:0000.00
*Dot count value(Indicated value x ten thousand)
*Carriage driving time
WARNING
01: Wxxxxx
20: Wxxxxx
ERROR
01: Exxxxx
20: Exxxxx
ADJUST
PRINT PATTERN
ScaleTest Print
X-SCALE
-32
0
32
FUNCTION
PANEL LED/LCD
PANEL KEY
COUNTER
W-INK: 000000
T-PLOT: 000000
*Dot count value(Indicated value x ten thousand)
*Carriage driving time
INITIALIZE
W-INK: 000000
T-PLOT: 000000
I/C EEPROM
E/C EEPROM
FrancaisDeutschItalianoEspanolSvenska
English(mm)English(inch)
FrancaisDeutschItalianoEspanolSvenska
Service Mode Menu
: Indicates the main menu or menu(Select the item moving the up or down arrow key.)(The halftone items are indicated only in the roll media mode.)*1: Can be set in printer driver property , and the setting for
them are taken priority to the operation panel setting whenprinting through the driver .
*2: Can be set in printer driver property ,both setting of plotterdriver and operation panel for them reflect on printing.
*3:The service mode menu is indicated only the printer is started inthe service mode.
1234579
31
123
9
0
15
80mm
627mm (914mm)
80mm
18000mm
0
255
1
99
OffAuto30 seconds1 minute2 minutes5 minutes10 minutes
60 minutes
0˚90˚
180˚270˚Auto
30 seconds1 minute2 minutes5 minutes10 minutes30 minutes60 minutes
ISO-AISO-BJIS-B
User
A B
CB
A
100%
999%1%
99%Auto
(*Same as Pen Table 1)
(*Same as Pen Table 1)
Normal MenuMain menu
Print Operation
Pen Setup
Select Table
Modify Table
Pen Table 1
Pen Table 2
Pen Table 3
Reset Table
Line Type
Line Intersect
Line Shading
Pen
Width
Color
Join
Abort PrintBuffer ClearReplotForce Print
SoftwarePen Table 1Pen Table 2Pen Table 3
OffOn
OffNestingMedia SaveBest
AllBlackNew Tank
YesNo
Head Cleaning
Force Cutting
Auto AdjustAuto Band-Adj.
NormalEnhancedHi-ResolutionDraft
Pen Table 1Pen Table 2Pen Table 3All Pen Table
OverlayMerge
OnOff
ColorMono
Roll MediaCut Sheet
Plain PaperCoated PaperTracing PapeFilmr
Print Mode
Media setup
Print Quality
Color/Mono
NormalLarge
CutCut LineNo Cut
Auto SenseHP-GLHP-GL/2+RTLHP RTL
Margin
Auto Cut
Media Type
Copy
Cut Type
Emulation
Plot Layout
Auto Layout
Layout Size
Scale
Rotation
Y-Mirror
User Size
Nesting Timer
Width
Length
Drying Time
Roll/Cut Sheet
Adjustment
7none7even7odd8none8even8odd
2400bps
38400bps
RS-232C
Baud Rate
C
10 seconds30 seconds1 minute2 minutes5 minutes10 minutes30 minutes60 minutes
Interface Setup
HardwareXon/Xoff
OnOff
YesNo
Print LengthBand Joint
DemonstrationMenu MapColor PaletteSetup ListNozzle CheckDump Mode
I/C: Ver.I/Boot: Ver.E/C: Ver.E/Boot: Ver.E/Slv: Ver.MemoryError
I/C: Ver.I/Boot: Ver.E/C: Ver.E/Boot: Ver.E/Slv: Ver.MemoryError
Printing MenuInterface Setup
Data Bit-Parity
Handshake
EOP Timer
System Setup
System Setup
Language
Language
Reset Defaults
Print LengthBand Joint
Feed Priority
Information
Information
Internal Print
Feed Priority
Auto Adjust Mode
10 seconds30 seconds1 minute2 minutes5 minutes10 minutes30 minutes60 minutes
EOP Timer
Print Operation
Abort PrintBuffer Clear
Main Menu
AllBlackNew Tank
Head Cleaning
YesNo
Force Cutting
OffAuto30 seconds1 minute
60 minutes
CutCut LineNo Cut
Auto Cut
Cut Type
Drying Time
OnOff
Auto Adjust Mode
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*2
*2
SERVICE MODE
English(mm)English(inch)
*3
xxxxxxxxx
: Indicates set value.*Press the right or left arrow key to accept the set value.*Press the ENTER key to accept or execute the selection.*(Underlined items are indicated only in the cut sheet media
mode.)
*3
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–15
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–14
[2] Head Cleaning
Used to clean the cartridge heads.
• All
All heads are cleaned.
• Black
Only the black head is cleaned.
• New Tank
If the ink tank has been removed, use this
menu to prevent non-discharge of ink.
[3] Force Cutting
Used to cut the set paper.
Paper is cut.
• Yes
Paper is cut.
• No
Paper is not cut.
[4] Adjustment
• Auto Adjust
Printing position is automatically
adjusted.
• Auto Band-Adj.
Paper feed rate is automatically
adjusted.
[5] Print Mode
a. Print Quality
[Default: Normal]
The print quality can be selected for the
type of data or paper.
• Draft
For higher-speed, lower-quality output.
• Normal
For printing line drawings, etc.
• Enhanced
For printing files including graphics or
solid printing.
• High-Resolution (monochrome only)
For printing monochrome line draw-
ings at an equivalent resolution to 720
dpi.
b. Color/Mono
[Default: Color]
Monochrome or color mode can be se-
lected.
• Color
Color data will be printed in color.
• Mono
Color data will be printed in gray scale.
[1] Print Operation
Used to change the current print operation.
• Abort Print
Printing is stopped in the pause state.
• Buffer Clear
All current operations are stopped from
in the offline or pause state, and all
printing data in the memory are cleared.
3. Details of user mode menus
The user mode menus are shown below.
• Replot
The data printed last is printed again.
• Force Print
The EOP timer is started and the printer
is forced to print from the printing
stand-by state.
2. Menu and parameter setup
Menus and parameters are selected as described below.
1) By pressing the online key in the offline or pause state, the printer enters the menu state.
2) Select a menu item by pressing the right and left arrow keys.
3) After selecting a menu, move to the parameter menu by pressing the down arrow key.
CAUTION
Menu display varies depending on the state. (offline or pause)
4) Select parameters by pressing the right and left arrow keys.
5) Accept the selected parameter by pressing the Enter key.
CAUTION
When "Head Cleaning", "Force Cutting" or other item for immediate execution is selected,
the operation is started by pressing the Enter key. If the up arrow key is pressed instead, the
operation will not start and the selected parameter is cancelled.
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–17
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–16
• HP RTL
Should only be used when printing
raster data. After the raster data is
received and 1 band is analyzed, print-
ing is started.
• HP-GL (759x)
Conforms to the HP-759X series
format.
[9] Pen Setup
Composed of the pen setup selection
menu, pen table changing menu, and pen
table initialization menu.
a. Select Table
[Default: Software]
Specifies whether to use the setting desig-
nated by the software or the pen table setting.
• Software
Pen setup from the application is
used. (See Table 1-305.)
• Pen Table (1 to 3)
Pen setup (pen table) stored in the
printer can be used. (See Table 1-304.)
CAUTION
In the draft mode, the ink may not
dry, depending on the environment.
Set the drying time as required.
REFERENCEDrying time for each media type is as
follows:
• Plain paper: 30 sec.
• Coated paper: none
• Tracing paper: 2 min.
• Film: 7 sec.
[8] Emulation
[Default: Auto Sense]
Emulation can be set to match the file type
output from the computer.
• Auto Sense
HP-GL/2+RTL, HP RTL, HP-GL, and
TIFF data is automatically detected and
printed.
• HP-GL/2+RTL
Emulates HP-GL/2 and HP-RTL. Data
is accumulated in the memory buffer
and printing is started with the EOP
command, or when the EOP timer times
out.
[6] Media Setup
Used to change paper settings.
a. Roll/Cut Sheet
[Default: Previous setting preserved]
Select roll media or cut sheet.
• Roll Media
Select this to use roll media. If a cut
sheet is loaded, it will be ejected.
• Cut Sheet
Selected when cut paper is used. If roll
media is loaded, it is reverse fed and
withdrawn.
b. Media Type [Default: Plain paper]
The following media types can be se-
lected:
• Plain Paper
• Coated Paper
• Tracing Paper
• Film
c. Margin [Default: Normal]
Margin size at the media leading edge can
be selected.
• Normal
Leaves a margin of 5mm.
• Large
Leaves a margin of 15mm.
d. Copies [Default: 1]
Specify the number of copies to be
printed.
1 - 99
[7] Auto Cut
a. Cut Type
[Default: Cut]
Select the type of cut for roll media after
completion of printing.
• Cut
Cuts the roll media automatically after
completion of printing.
• Cut Line
After completion of printing, a cutting
line is printed.
• No Cut
After completion of printing, the roll
media is not cut.
b. Drying Time (only for roll media)
[Default: Off]
Sets the time for drying the ink after
completion of printing.
• Off
Paper is ejected as usual.
• Auto
Optimum drying time is automatically
selected according to the media type and
printing mode.
In the case of draft mode, the drying
time is the same as for [Off].
• 30 sec., 1 min., 2 min., 5 min.,
10 min., 20 min., 30 min., 40 min.,
50 min., 60 min.
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–19
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–18
Table 1-303
No. of dots Approximate thickness (mm/inch)
1 0.07/0.003
2 0.14/0.005
3 0.21/0.008
4 0.28/0.011
5 0.35/0.014
7 0.49/0.019
9 0.63/0.025
11 0.78/0.031
13 0.92/0.036
15 1.06/0.042
17 1.20/0.047
19 1.34/0.052
21 1.48/0.058
23 1.62/0.063
25 1.76/0.069
27 1.90/0.074
29 2.04/0.080
31 2.19/0.086
Default values of pen table 1 to 3 at the
time of Factory settings.
Pen No. Width(*1) Color Joint
0 3 0 6
1 1 1 6
2 2 2 6
3 3 3 6
4 4 4 6
5 5 5 6
6 7 6 6
7 9 7 6
8 11 8 6
9 13 9 6
10 15 10 6
11 17 11 6
12 19 12 6
13 21 13 6
14 23 14 6
15 25 15 6
Table 1-304
*1. When the display language isother than katakana, the widths areall set to 3.
Software pen table factory settings.
Figure 1-303
Pen No. Width Color Joint(*2)0 3 0 6
1 3 1 6
2 3 2 6
3 3 3 6
4 3 4 6
5 3 5 6
6 3 6 6
7 3 7 6
*2. When the emulation is HP-GL/2or HP-RTL, the set value for thejoint is 1.
Table 1-305
b. Modify Table
The pen setup (pen table) stored in the
printer can be changed.
• Pen Table (1 to 3)
• Pen
Contents of the pen table can be
changed. Settings can be changed for
pen No. 0 to 15 (16 types).
• Width
Width of selected pen can be changed
in units of dots (every dot from 1 to 5,
every 2 dots from 5 to 31). (See Table
1-303.)
• Color
Pen color (256 values) can be set.
• Joint
Line joins and ends (9 types) can be
set (See Figure 1-303).
c. Reset Table
Values in the selected pen table are re-
turned to the defaults.
• All Pen Table
All pen table values are reset to the
default values.
• Pen Table (1 - 3)
Values of the selected pen table are
reset to the default values.
[10] Line Type
a. Line Intersect
[Default: Overlay]
Color processing method for overlapping
lines or figures can be set.
• Overlay
Overlapping parts are printed in the
color applied last.
• Merge
Overlapping parts are printed using
mixed colors.
b. Line Shading
[Default: On]
When color data is printed in mono-
chrome, a gray scale corresponding to the
color is usually used. In order to improve the
reproducibility of the line data, you can
specify whether to print the line data using
only black.
• On
Line data is drawn in gray scale.
• Off
Line data is drawn in black.
1: Solid - miter
4: Solid - round
7: Solid - bevel
2: Triangle - miter
5: Triangle - round
8: Triangle - bevel
6: Round - round
9: Round - bevel
3: Round - miter
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–21
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–20
A
A
A
A
A=5mm
A
AA
A=5mm
AA
AA=5mm
Nesting
Media Save Best
Figure 1-304
[11] Plot layout
Printed data layout can be set.
a. Auto Layout (roll media only)
[Default: Off]
Automatic layout can be set. The data
size at this time should match the data size of
"6. Image layout" (p.1-27).
• Off
Automatic layout does not take place.
Data is printed in the layout designated
by the received data. However, the
settings designated by the scale, rota-
tion, and Y-mirror menus will be used.
• Nesting
Nesting is automatically laid out.
Continuous data is rotated clockwise so
that the paper feeding rate is minimized.
If the longitudinal direction of the later
data enters in the width direction of the
margin of the previous data, the data is
printed on the margin. If the later data
does not fit into the width of the margin
of the previous data, the data is not
printed on the margin but printed to the
next printing position.
• Media Save
Automatic paper saving layout. Con-
tinuous data is rotated clockwise so that
paper feeding rate is minimized. The
image data is printed to the left end of
the paper.
• Best
Automatic layout for selected standard
size. Continuous data is rotated clock-
wise so that paper feeding is minimized.
The image data is arranged at the center
of the minimum standard size to allow
the data to fit, and printed to the left end
on the paper.
b. Scale
Magnification can be changed automati-
cally, or can be specified.
[Default: 100%]
• Auto (cut sheet only)
The magnification changes to fit the cut
sheet loaded.
• 1-999%
Printing can be expanded or contracted
in steps of 1%.
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–23
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–22
[12] Interface Setup
a. RS-232C
Used to set up the RS-232C interface.
• Baud Rate [default: 9600]
Sets the data transfer speed.
2400bps, 4800bps, 9600bps,
19200pbs, 38400bps
• Data Bit-Parity
[Default: 8 none]
Sets combination of character bits and
parity bit.
7 none, 7 even, 7 odd
8 none, 8 even, 8 odd
• Handshake
[Default: Hardware]
Sets the data communication method
between the computer and printer.
Xon/Xoff, Hardware
b. EOP Timer
[Default: 30 sec.]
When a data completion command (termi-
nator) is not contained in the file data, the
time from completion of data transfer to start
of printing will be as specified here.
• 10 sec., 30 sec., 1 min., 2 min., 5
min., 10 min., 30 min., 60 min.
[13] System Setup
Configuration of the system setting menu
as follows:
a. Language
[Default: previos setting preserved]
Language to be indicated on the message
display can be selected.
• English (mm)
Display in English (mm)
(Factory setting)
• English (inch)
Display in English (inch)
• katakana
Display in Japanese
• Francais
Display in French
• Deutsch
Display in German
• Italiano
Display in Italian
• Espanol
Display in Spanish
• Svenska
Display in Swedish
b. AutoAdjust mode
[Default: On]
Specifies whether or not to “Auto Adjust”
when replacing the BJ Print head.
• On
Automatic adjustment is done when the
BJ Print head is replaced.
• Off
Automatic adjustment is not done when
the BJ Print head is replaced.
c. Rotation
[Default: 0°]
Data can be rotated on the paper when
printed.
• Auto (cut paper only)
Rotated according to the loaded paper.
• 0°
Prints without rotating
• 90°
Rotated 90° counterclockwise.
• 180°
Rotated 180° counterclockwise.
• 270°
Rotated 270° counterclockwise.
d. Y-mirror
[Default: Off]
The data can be reversed in the paper feed
direction when printing.
• Off
File is not reversed laterally.
• On
File is reversed laterally.
e. Layout Size (roll media only)
[Default: ISO A]
Paper size can be set.
• ISO A
• ISO B
• JIS B
• ANSI
• ANSI ARCH
• ISO Over
• EURO-DIN
• KOREAN
• Custom
f. User Size (roll media only)
Width and length of paper to be printed
can be set.
[Default: A0 model: 84.1 x 118.9 cm
A1 model: 59.4 x 84.1 cm]
• Width
Width can be set from 8.0 to 62.7
(91.4)cm, in one mm units.
• Length
Length can be set from 8.0 to 1800cm,
in one mm units.
g. Nesting Timer (roll media only)
[Default: 30 seconds]
Time until printing is started can be se-
lected for the nesting layout operation.
• 30 sec., 1 min., 2 min., 5 min., 10
min., 30 min., 60 min.
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–25
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–24
4. Using the setup list
The setup list is used when the printer is not working correctly, to determine whether the
problem is attributable to the printer or the computer.
The current menu settings, service mode values and a history of the last 4 errors which
occurred are printed in the setup list, and can be filed for reference or faxed to the service depart-
ment.
Figure 1-305 shows a sample of a setup list and Table 1-306 explains the information in the
setup list.
Figure 1-305
[4]
[5]
[6]
[9]
[7]
[8]
[10]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[11]
c. Feed Priority
[Default: Print Length]
Select between paper feeding accuracy
over distance, or feeding with less band
variation.
• Print Length
Feed with preference given to distance
accuracy.
• Band Joint
Feed with less band variation.
d. Reset Defaults
All user menu settings can be reset to the
default values.
• Yes
All user menu setting are reset to the
default values.
• No
User menu settings are not reset.
e. Information
[Default: On]
Image controller PCB and engine control-
ler PCB versions and memory capacity are
displayed.
[14] Self-test Print
A self-test pattern can be printed to check
the printer operation.
• Demonstration
A built-in demonstration pattern is
printed.
• Menu Map
A list of menus is printed.
• Color Pallet
A color pallet of 0 to 255 is printed.
• Setup List
The printer settings are printed.
• Nozzle Check
A nozzle check pattern is printed.
• Dump Mode
All data input is printed by in hexadeci-
mal and ASCII code.
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–27
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–26
5. Dump mode
This machine is provided with a dump test function to print the input data in hexadecimal and
ASCII code as an online test.
Select "Dump mode" on the system setting menu, and then set the printer online. When data
is transferred from the computer in this state, the data is first printed normally. Then, for the data
received since data reception started until the EOP timer was actuated, the initial 1k byte is
dumped on one A4 sheet, and the last 1k byte is also dumped on an A4 sheet, in hexadecimal
ASCII code.
The printer returns to the normal printing mode automatically after the dump output is com-
pleted. Therefore, to execute a dump again, reselect "Dump mode", and then transfer the file
data.
CAUTION
If data is transferred continuously, the final portion cannot be correctly dumped. To prevent
trouble, transfer only one file at a time in the dump mode.
6. Image layout
a. Data size recognition standard
This machine recognizes the size of data received as follows:
(1) PS (Plot size) recognition
Uses the size specified in the PS command contained in the data as the size of the data.
(2) Min./Max. size recognition (coordinates)
Detects the minimum and maximum positions in the range of vector coordinates actually
drawn to determine the data size.
(3) Min./Max. size recognition (line width consideration)
Detects the minimum and maximum positions in the range of coordinate values, including
the vector line width actually drawn.
I/C: Image controller PCB version
E/C: Engine controller PCB version
I/Boot: Image controller PCB ROM
version
E/Boot: Engine controller PCB ROM
version
E/Slv: Engine controller PCB slave
version
DRAM capacity
Language setting
Print mode setting
Monochrome/color setting
Media setting
Media type setting
Margin setting
No. of copies to be printed
Roll media auto cutting setting
Drying time setting
Auto layout setting
Zoom setting
Rotation setting
Y-mirror setting
Layout size setting
User-defined size setting
Length setting
Width setting
Nesting timer setting
Line intersecton setting
Line shading setting
Baud rate setting
Data bit parity setting
Hand shake setting
EOP timer setting
Emulation setting
Auto adjust mode setting
Paper feeding priority setting
Error display history
Error 1 - most recent
Error 4 - least recent
Pen table setting
pen table 1
pen table 2
pen table 3
DescriptionDescriptionNo. No.
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
Table 1-306
...
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–29
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–28
Paper matching line
Papermatching line
PE sensor
Print media
D. Basic Operation1) Turn the power switch ON.
• The power lamp is lit and the initializa-
tion process beings.
• The initialization completes in about 20
seconds.
2) Make menu settings according to the
computer and application software to be
used.
• Press the online key to cause the menu
selection screen to appear, select a
menu with the right and left arrow
keys, and go to the parameter menu
with the down arrow key. Select
parameters with the right and left
arrow keys. Enter each selection with
the Enter key.
3) Open the front cover.
4) Load paper into the printer.
a. In the case of cut sheets:
[1] Lower the paper release lever.
[2] With the printed surface of the
paper upward, match the paper edge
to the inside of the paper matching
line, and raise the paper release lever.
• When the paper inserted below the
pinch roller unit is detected by the PE
sensor, the suction fan runs and the
paper is sucked to the platen.
• If the printer does not start within about
1 minute after the suction fan operates,
the fan stops.
b. In the case of roll media:
[1] Lower the paper release lever.
[2] Keeping the roll media tight (no
slack), pull it out straight onto the
platen from the back side of the
printer.
[3] Raise the paper release lever so that
the roll media is fed in parallel with
the paper matching line.
Figure 1-307
Papermatching line
PE sensor
Print media
Figure 1-306
Layout size
PS size + eachside of 5mm
Judged standardsize
Min./Max. + eachside of 5mm
PS size + eachside of 5mm
Judged standardsize
Judged standardsize
Min./max. + eachside of 5mm
Max. + each sideof 5mm
PS
pro
vide
d
Data sizerecognition
PS size
Min./Max.coordinates
Min./Max.line widthconsideration
PS size
Min./max.coordinates
Min./max.coordinates
Min./Max.line widthconsideration
Max
Table 1-307
Standardsizejudgment
Not done
Done
Not done
Not done
Done
Done
Not done
Not done
Rotation
Automaticrotation
Automaticrotation
Automaticrotation
Follow theset value
Automaticrotation
Automaticrotation
Automaticrotation
Follow theset value
Horizontalarrangement
Done
Not done
Not done
Not done
Done
Not done
Not done
Not done
Y-mirrorscale
Done
Done
Done
Done
Done
Done
Done
Done
Panelrotation
Not done
Not done
Not done
Done
Not done
Not done
Not done
Done
Nesting
Best
Media save
Off
Nesting
Best
Media save
Off
b. Relation between data size recognition and image processing
The printer recognizes the size of the data received and lays it out as listed below. When
printing using the Canon printer driver, PS (Plot Size) commands are always provided.
No
PS
pro
vide
d
Figure 1-308
Min/Max (Line width consideration)
Min/Max (Coordinates)
PS size
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–31
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–30
E. Paper Thickness Adjustment
LeverWhen printing, depending on the print
media used or its thickness, the paper may
become wavy, causing it to rub the head.
To prevent this, the distance between the
head and platen can be adjusted in 3 stages
using the paper thickness adjustment lever.
1) Press the left or right arrow key in the
offline or pause state.
• The carriage moves to the cartridge
replacement position.
2) Open the front cover.
3) Move the paper thickness adjustment
lever to adjust the head-to-platen distance.
: Standard position
: Set to this position when printing
high-density graphics. (graphic
position)
: Set to this position if the paper still
rubs the head after being set to the
graphic position.
Figure 1-309
4) Close the front cover.
• The carriage returns to the home
position.
CAUTION
• Better print quality can be obtained by
narrowing the head-to-platen distance.
Place the paper thickness adjustment
lever in standard position except when
the paper rubs the head.
REFERENCEAfter moving the paper thickness
adjustment lever, carry out the "Auto
adjust" of the "Adjustment" menu.
Paper thickness adjustment lever
CAUTION
• If the roll media is forcibly aligned to
the paper matching line on the platen,
skewed feeding may result.
• Keeping the roll media in parallel to
paper matching line, pull it out
straight.
• When loading the paper, take care not
to touch the printed area. Fingerprints
can keep the print ink from soaking in
to the paper, causing uneven print
density.
5) Close the front cover.
6) Press the up or down arrow key to load
the paper.
• The printer detects the paper size and
feeds the paper to the printing start
position.
• After completion of loading, the printer
enters the online state.
REFERENCEIf the paper loads crooked or jams, press
any key on the operation panel to stop
the loading process.
7) File data is transferred from the computer
in the online state and printing is started.
• To stop printing, press the online key
to enter the pause state.
8) After completion of printing, remove the
paper.
CAUTION
After printing, take care not to touch the
ink with wet hands.
When the printer is not to be used for a
long time, raise the paper release lever
to keep the pinch roller being pressed.
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–33
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–32
6) Remove the protection cap and protection
seal.
8) Pressing as shown in figure1-405, install
the BJ print head in the carriage.
Protective sealProtective cap
Figure 1-403
CAUTION
Take care not to touch the BJ print head
and carriage electrodes.
Do not reuse the protective cap and
protective seal.
Take care not to bump the head against
the platen or carriage.
7) With the head facing down, insert the BJ
print head into the carriage.
Figure 1-404
Figure 1-405
Figure 1-406
10) Install the real ink tank.
11) Close the front cover.
• The carriage returns to the home
position and head cleaning is carried
out.Figure 1-402
5) Unpack a new BJ print head.
IV. CARTRIDGE
REPLACEMENTThe printer is provided with a mechanism
to detect the ink remaining in the ink tank.
When the tank becomes empty, the ink head
state indication on the message display
becomes “ - ” (hyphen). When no ink re-
mains, replace the ink tank.
If no ink is discharged even though there
is enough ink in the tank, check the BJ print
head, referring to Chapter 5, V. “CORREC-
TION OF IMAGE DEFECT”.
If ink is still not discharged, replace the
BJ print head.
A. Replacing the BJ Print head
CAUTION
• When handling the BJ print head, take
care not to touch the head on elec-
trodes.
• Replace the BJ print head only at the
cartridge replacement position.
Electrode
Head
Figure 1-401
1) Press the right and left keys in the offline
or pause state to move the carriage to the
cartridge replacement position.
2) Open the front cover.
3) Remove the ink tank from the BJ print
head to be replaced.
4) Push the release hook of the BJ print head
to be replaced and remove the BJ print
head.
9) Remove the dummy ink tank.
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–35
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–34
6) Install the ink tank.
Figure 1-411
CAUTION
• Push the ink tank in until it clicks.
7) Close the front cover.
• The carriage returns to the home
position and head cleaning is carried
out.
Figure 1-407
4) Unpack the new ink tank, and remove the
protective seal from the ink tank.
5) Twist the protective cap of the ink tank in
the direction of the arrow mark and re-
move it.
Figure 1-410
B. Replacing the Ink Tank
CAUTION
Replace the ink tank only at the
cartridge replacement position.
1) Press the right and left keys in the offline
or pause state to move the carriage to the
cartridge replacement position.
2) Open the front cover.
3) Press the ink tank release hook and re-
move the ink tank.
Figure 1-409
CAUTION
Do not touch the ink tank outlet.
Outlet
Figure 1-408
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–37
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–36
3) With the edge of the SIMM in the slot,
roll the SIMM to the left until the hooks
[3] at both ends of the slot click into the
holes at both ends of the SIMM.
C. SIMM Removal1) Using the installation tools supplied with
the printer, remove the 4 screws [1] and
the cover plate [2].
Figure 1-504
2) Gently pull back the two hooks [3] at
each end of the SIMM. Roll the SIMM to
the right and remove it.
[2]
[1]
Figure 1-505
3) Attach the cover plate [2] and tighten the
4 screws [1].
[3]
Figure 1-503
4) Attach the cover plate [2] and tighten the
4 screws [1].
REFERENCE• When only one SIMM is used, it must
be installed in the left slot (SIM601).
• When adding two SIMMs, it is easiest
to install the first one into the left slot
(SIM601).
[3]
V. SIMM
REPLACEMENTA. About SIMM
The printer's memory can be increased. If
the memory available is not sufficient for the
print data, the memory capacity of the printer
can be expanded by installing new (or large)
SIMMs.
Proper installation of SIMMs can be
confirmed by selecting "Information" of
"System setting" of the main menu. The
following message will be displayed:
where, "XX" indicates the memory capac-
ity of any installed SIMMs.
• SIMM type
Use SIMMs with the following specifi-
cations:
Capacity: 4, 8, 16, or 32 MB
No. of pins: 72
Access speed: 60ns or faster
FPM (high speed page mode) compatible
No parity
EDO memory can be also used but it is
operated as FPM memory.
Two SIMMs can be added, so that the
memory capacity can be increased by up to
72MB, with the standard memory.
Figure 1-501
2) Holding both ends of the SIMM with it
centered in the expansion slot, insert it
from the right.
CAUTION
• When handling SIMMs, be careful
to avoid static electricity discharge.
• Before installing the SIMM, be
sure to turn off the printer power.
• Install the SIMMs using the correct
procedure.
B. SIMM Installation1) Using the installation tools supplied with
printer, remove the 4 screws [1], and
remove the cover plate [2].
[2]
[1]
Memory XX+8 MB
Figure 1-502
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–39
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–38
B. Paper Storage Environment• Store the paper in wrapping paper, in a
place free from high humidity and direct
sun light.
• Store the paper horizontally to prevent it
from being damaged.
• Store the paper under a relative humidity
of 35 to 65%. If this requirement is not
met in the environment where the
printer is used, remove the paper from
its package and keep it near the printer
for a while to acclimatize it.
C. Paper• Use paper that is not curled, folded or
wrinkled.
• For handling the paper, be careful not to
curl it or damage the printing side, hold
the paper only at the ends, outside of the
printed area, to prevent oil or moisture
transferring from your hands to the
paper, or wear cotton gloves.
• Take out each sheet from the wrapping
paper immediately before using it.
D. After Printing• Since the ink may still be wet, do not
touch it immediatly after printing. If the
ink is not completely dry, ink may be
smudged, or if stored on top of another
sheet, the backside of the paper may be
stained, or attached to the another.
• As the ink is water-based, do not touch
printed sheets with wet hands.
VI. CAUTIONS ON
HANDLINGWhen handling the printer, pay attention
to the following points.
A. Cartridges1. Cautions on handling the BJ print
head
• Do not touch the head surface, or wipe
with cloth or paper.
• Do not touch the electrodes.
• Do not bump the BJ print head.
• When removing the BJ print head, do
not lay its face downward.
• Do not leave the BJ print head out of the
printer for a long time.
• To avoid ink spillage, do not shake the
BJ print head after removing the
protective seal.
• Do not remove the BJ print head from
thie printer except when replacing it or
disassembling the main unit.
• Only unpack a new BJ print head imme-
diately before replacing an old one.
• Do not disassemble or modify the BJ
print head.
Figure 1-601
2. Cautions on handling ink tanks
• Do not touch the outlet.
• Do not remove the ink tank from the BJ
print head except when replacing the ink
tank.
• Only unpack a new ink tank immedi-
ately before replacement.
• After uncapping, install the ink tank
immediately into the BJ Print head.
• Do not disassemble or modify the ink
tank.
Electrodes
Head
Figure 1-602
Outlet
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–41
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–40
VIII. INSTALLATION
ENVIRONMENTAvoid the following when choosing a
location for the printer.
• Places with a large amount of dust
• Unstable location
• Uneven floor
• Non-horizontal surface
• Direct sun light (use curtains if placed
nearby a window).
• Low temperature and humidity or high
temperature and humidity (temperature
should be in the range of 15 - 30°C and
the humidity 20 - 80%. Particularly
avoid locations near water taps, water
heaters, humidifiers and refrigerators.)
• Locations where there might be alcohol,
thinner, etc. nearby.
• Places where temperature or humidity
fluctuates often.
• Air from an air conditioning system or
electric fan directly blowing on the
machine.
Be cautious about the following when
installing the machine.
• Adjust the media so as not to touch the
floor, to prevent it from picking up dust
or dirt. Explain to the client that the
floor near the printer should be cleaned
carefully.
• The stand rollers should all sit flat on the
floor.
• Provide a properly grounded electrical
connection.
Secure sufficient space for maintenance
and inspection, as illustrated below.
Figure 1-801600mm
800mm
600mm
600mm1405mm
1170mm
1) Pinch roller/Paper feed roller
Load plain paper of the maximum width
which can be printed by your printer (A1 size
or A0 size) and feed the paper manually
several times to remove any ink.
2) Platen
With a well-wrung damp cloth, wipe the
platen, and then wipe it with a dry cloth.
VII. USER
MAINTENANCEA. Head Cleaning
The printer has a head cleaning function
to maintain image quality.
With the BJ printing method, air bubbles
may accumulate in the nozzles of the head,
or, if the ink viscosity at the nozzle end
increases, a nozzle may become plugged,
resulting in white streaks on the image. In
such a case, the user should execute the
"Head cleaning" in the main menu to clean
the head.
CAUTION
Repeated head cleaning will consume
excessive ink. Explain to the user that
head cleaning should only be performed
when defective images occur.
B. Normal CleaningInstruct the user to clean the following
places every month, or as needed.
CAUTION
Caution the user to take care not to
allow the cleaning cloth or swab to
touch the paper feed roller and pinch
roller when cleaning.
3) Paper stacker (stand)
With a well-wrung damp cloth, wipe the
paper stacker and then wipe it with a dry
cloth.
CAUTION
The seam-side of the paper stacker
should face outward.
Figure 1-701
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–43
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1–42
X. TRANSPORTING
THE PRINTERWhen transporting the printer by truck
etc., or moving the printer, follow the
procedures below.
CAUTION
• Pack the printer in the original box. If
the original box is not avaiable, pack
the machine with sufficient shock
absorbing material.
• Remove all cables.
• Do not remove the BJ cartridges.
1) Turn off the power switch and disconnect
the power cord and interface cable.
2) Open the front cover and make sure the
carriage is at the home position. If not,
move it to the right end by hand.
3) Fold a sheet of A1-size paper or A0-size
paper twice and insert it between the
pinch rollers.
4) Fix the carriage belt at the center of the
platen by holding it with a clip as shown
in Figure 1-1001, so as not to allow the
carriage to move.
Figure 1-1001
CAUTION
Take care not to damage the carriage
belt and linear scale.
5) Remove the roll media and spindle.
6) Fix the front cover closed with tape.
7) When the optional stand is used, remove
the printer from the stand and disassemble
the stand.
8) Pack the printer, stand, roll media and
spindle carefully before transportation.
CAUTION
Be careful not to incline or turn the
machine upside down when transporting
it since waste ink may leak out.
IX. PACKAGE CON-
FIGURATIONThe package configuration of the printer
when shipped from the factory is shown in
the figure below.
[1]
[3]
[2]
[4]
Figure 1-901
[1] Printer
[2] Spindle/Roll media stopper
[3] BJ print heads (black, cyan, magenta,
yellow)
[4] Accessory box
Carriage beltLinear scale
Clip
CHAPTER 2
BASIC OPERATION
I. BASIC OPERATION ......................................... 2-1A. Functional Configuration .............................. 2-1B. Interface Input/Output .................................. 2-2C. Image Controller .......................................... 2-7D. Engine Controller ....................................... 2-10E. Engine controller Input/Output ................... 2-12F. Summary of Operation ............................... 2-15
II. CARRIAGE UNIT ............................................ 2-22A. Outline ....................................................... 2-22B. Carriage Motor Control .............................. 2-24C. Linear Encoder .......................................... 2-26D. Media Sensor ............................................. 2-28E. Detection of the Ink Tank ........................... 2-34F. Remaining Ink Detection ............................ 2-35G. Cutter Unit .................................................. 2-38
III. BJ CARTRIDGE .............................................. 2-39
A. BJ Cartridge ............................................... 2-39B. BJ Print head Drive .................................... 2-43
IV. PURGE UNIT .................................................. 2-46A. Outline ....................................................... 2-46B. Capping Function ....................................... 2-51C. Head Cleaning ........................................... 2-52D. Waste Ink Absorber Unit ............................ 2-56
V. FEEDER UNIT ................................................ 2-57A. Outline ....................................................... 2-57B. Paper Feed Motor Control ......................... 2-58C. Feeding Operation ..................................... 2-60
VI. FAN ................................................................. 2-63VII. POWER SUPPLY ........................................... 2-65
A. Power Supply Outline ................................ 2-65B. Power Circuit ............................................. 2-66C. Power Circuit Protection ............................ 2-66
I. Basic operationA. Functional Configuration
The printer functional diagram is composed of 5 blocks; image processing/control system,
carriage, BJ cartridge unit, purge unit and feeder unit.
Figure 2-101
Carriage
Purge unit Feeder unit
Image processing/control system
Engine controller
Image controller
External interface
BJ cartridgeunit
2–1
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–3
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–2
Figure 2-102
DATA1-8
BUSY
STROBE
ACKNLG
• A - B(Defaut) [Ack-in-Busy]
4080ns
DATA1-8
BUSY
STROBE
ACKNLG
• A - B - A [Ack-while-Busy]
3264ns3264ns
DATA1-8
BUSY
STROBE
ACKNLG
• B - A [Ack-after-Busy]
3264ns3264ns
DATA1-8
BUSY
STROBE
ACKNLG
• A - B(Fast) [Ack-in-Busy(fast)]
1200ns
B. Interface Input/Output1. Parallel interface
The parallel interface conforms to IEEE1284-B and is applicable to the compatible mode and
nibble mode (2-way interface).
a. Input/output signal and pin assignment
Table 2-101
Pin Signal Signal direction Pin Signal Signal direction
No. Compatible Nibble (PC to the printer) No.Compatible Nibble (PC to the printer)
1 Strobe HostClk 19 GND
2 Data 1 20 GND
3 Data 2 21 GND
4 Data 3 22 GND
5 Data 4 23 GND
6 Data 5 24 GND
7 Data 6 25 GND
8 Data 7 26 GND
9 Data 8 27 GND
10 Ack PtrClk 28 GND
11 Busy PtrBusy 29 GND
12 Perror AckDataReq 30 GND
13 Select Xflag 31 Init
14 AutoFd HostBusy 32 Fault DataAvail
15 Not used 33 GND
16 GND 34 Not used
17 GND 35 Peripheral Logic High
18 Peripheral Logic High 36 Selectin IEEE1284active
b. Compatible mode
The compatible mode is applicable to cases as shown below.
The compatible mode can be switched by changing the BUSY and ACKNLG timing in the
Centro timing setting mode.
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–5
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–4
c. Nibble mode
In the nibble mode, 8-bit data is transmitted from the printer to the computer in two pieces, 4
bits at a time.
When data transmission is possible, the printer sets the DataAvail signal to "L" and the com-
puter sets the HostBusy signal to "L" to indicate that data can be received.
The printer confirms the fall of the HostBusy signal, places the low-order 4 bits of data on the
4 control signal lines, and sets the PtrClk signal to "L". The computer accepts the data and
changes the HostBusy signal to "H" indicating that the data has been received. The printer issues
the PtrClk signal and the first handshaking is completed.
The printer confirms the second fall of the HostBusy signal and outputs the high-order 4 bits
to the control signal lines. The computer accepts the data in the same way as before.
When the HostBusy signal goes active and there is no more data to be transmitted to the
computer, the DataAvail signal is set to "H" and the next data transfer is awaited in the stand-by
status.
1284Active
AckDataReq
HostBusy
HostClk
PtrClk
PtrBusy
DataAvail
Xflag
High
Data Available
Nibble Mode Support
Holding the status
Bit6
Bit7
Bit5
Bit2
Bit4
Bit3
Bit0
Bit1
Data is transferred 8 bits at a time in the compatible mode. The data is transferred by hand-
shaking the STROBE, ACKNLG, and BUSY signals.
The computer sets 8 bits of data and outputs the STROBE signal to the printer. The printer
receives the data with the STROBE signal and responds by setting the BUSY signal to "H".
When data processing has been completed, the printer outputs the ACKNLG signal to notify
the computer that the data has been accepted. When data reception is possible, it sets the BUSY
signal to "L".
The Perror signal becomes "H" to indicate a warning or error in the printer.
The Select signal becomes "H" to indicate that the printer is in a printing mode (online, print-
ing, warning ON, etc.) and "L" when in a non-printing mode (offline, in pause, error ON, etc.)
Figure 2-103
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–7
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–6
C. Image ControllerFigure 2-104 is a block diagram of the image controller.
Figure 2-104
Address bus
32-bit data bus
[12]CPU
(U607)
Y60114.7MHz
Y60233MHz
Eng
ine
cont
rolle
r
[9]FLASHROM
(U612, U618)
[8]FLASH
ROM(XU601)
[4]SRAM(U628)
[3]DRAM
(U602,606,U611,U616)
[2]FIFO
(U622)[1]Serial
controller(U632)
[7]Gate array
(U617)
[10]EEPROM
(U619)
Operation Panel
[11]PIO
(U629, U634)
8-bi
tD
ata
bus
Add
ress
bus
32-b
itD
ata
bus
Add
ress
bus
[13]Reset IC(U613)
Image controller
External serial interface
16-bit data bus
32-bitdata bus
8-bit
8-bitdata bus
Y60114.7MHz
External parallel interface
[6]Serial
controller(U633)
Communication I/F
[5]Timer(U610)
[14]Timer(U609)
Image data I/F(8-bit)
2. Serial interface
The serial interface conforms to RS-232C. The printer side is set up as the DCE (Data Circuit
Terminating Equipment) and the computer side as DTE (Data Terminal Equipment). The serial
interface connector is a D-Sub 9-pin female.
Table 2-102 shows the connector pin assignment and input/output signals.
Pin No. SignalSignal direction
(PC (DTE) to the printer (DCE)
1 CD
2 RD
3 TD
4 DTR
5 SGND
6 DSR
7 RTS
8 CTS
9 RI
Table 2-102
The computer turns ON the transmission request signal RTS and the printer turns ON the CTS
signal if reception is possible. After confirming the CTS signal from the printer, the computer
starts transmission of data (TD) to the printer.
The printer stores the data from the computer in its buffer and processes the data in succes-
sion. However, if the printer processing speed is slower than the computer's, the buffer soon
becomes full so that no more data can be stored.
When the empty space in the buffer decreases below a specified value, the printer turns OFF
the CTS signal. The computer knows that the printer can accept no more data and interrupts
transmission. The printer continues processing the data in the buffer. When the empty space in
the buffer reaches a specific value, the printer turns ON the CTS signal again to notify the com-
puter that reception is possible.
In this way the RS-232C communication is controlled so as not to overflow the printer's
buffer.
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–9
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–8
[8] FLASH ROM (XU601)
1 Mbyte boot ROM used to initialize the
CPU at power ON. Stores the
downloaded program.
[9] FLASH ROM (U612, U618)
1 Mbyte ROMs used to store the program
for the image controller. The following
functions are also provided.
• Interface analysis
• Operation panel control
• Generation of test pattern
[10]EEPROM (U619)
32Kbyte ROM used to store information
on the printer and the values set using the
operation panel.
[11]PIO (U634)
Intermediary between the CPU (U607)
and operation panel input/output port.
[12]CPU (U607)
Uses the external 33 MHz clock.
Major functions are as follows.
• Controls the image controller
• Vector raster conversion
• Raster/raster conversion
• Controls communication with the
engine controller
[13]Reset IC (U613)
Resets the CPU (U607) at power ON.
[14]Timer (U609)
Uses the external clock of 14.7MHz
divided by 2.
Functions as a timer for :
• DRAM refresh timing
• Communication with the engine
controller
• System operation of the image
controller
Major functions of the ICs on the image
controller are as follows.
[1] Serial controller (U632)
Uses the external clock of 14.7MHz
divided by 2.
Baud rates for receiving image data over
the serial interface are 2400, 4800, 9600,
19200, and 38400bps.
[2] FIFO (U622)
This buffer stores the image data tempo-
rarily between the parallel interface and
CPU (U607).
[3] DRAM (U602, U606, U611, U616)
4 RAM chips with a capacity of 2 Mbytes
each, connected to the gate array using a
32-bit data bus, and used as follows.
• Storage area for the CMYK bitmap
data created by the CPU (U607) for the
banding process.
• CPU system processing work area.
[4] SRAM (U628)
32 Kbyte memory used to store the raster
slice converted image data until a trans-
mission request is received from the
engine controller.
[5] Timer (U610)
Uses the by external clock of 14.7MHz
divided by 2.
Functions as a baud rate clock for the
serial controllers. (U632, U633)
[6] Serial controller (U633)
Uses the external clock of 14.7MHz
divided by 2.
Intermediary between the gate array
(U617) and engine controller.
[7] Gate array (U617)
Major functions are as follows.
• DRAM control
• Raster slice conversion of the image
data in the DRAM after banding
processing, to slice data to the width of
the BJ cartridge
• Address decode
• 8-bit parallel output of image data to
the engine controller
• Controls the compatible and nibble
mode latch timing for image data
transfer from the computer.
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–11
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–10
[7] Gate array (U208)
Provided with an 8-bit parallel input port
for the image data from the image
controller. Processes the image data
before sending it to the gate array
(U212). Also processes the internal print
data.
[8] Gate array (U212)
• Image data transfer control for the
image controller
• Conversion of image data
• Input ports for sensors, switchs, etc.
• Carriage position control using the
linear encoder
• Media sensor lamp signal output
• Solenoid output port
• Purge motor control
[9] Gate array (U204)
Operated by a clock from the CPU
(U221). Generates head drive pulse
signals.
[10] Paper feed motor driver (U233)
Generates paper feed motor drive signal.
[11] Carriage motor driver (U232)
Generates carriage motor drive signal.
[12] Purge motor driver (U234)
Generates purge motor drive signal.
Major functions of the ICs on the engine
controller are as follows.
[1] CPU (U221)
Connected to the DRAM (U216),
FLASH ROM (U219), EEPROM (U218)
and gate array (U204, U212) via the
address bus and data bus.
Run by the 16MHz external clock.
Major functions are as follows.
• Command communication with the
image controller
• Fan motor output port
[2] Sub-CPU (U202)
Connected to the CPU (U221). Major
function is to control the paper feed
motor and carriage motor.
[3] DRAM (U216)
2-Mbyte work area used to store tempo-
rary CPU data.
[4] FLASH ROM (U219)
500-Kbyte ROM containing the control
program.
[5] EEPROM (U218)
8-Kbyte ROM used to store timer suc-
tion, dot count, waste ink count and other
data.
[6] Reset IC (U227)
Detects the voltage supplied to the engine
controller at power ON or power
interruption, and resets the CPU (U221).
D. Engine ControllerFigure 2-105 is a block diagram of the engine controller.
The printer is controlled mainly by the CPU (U221), which is run by the 16MHz external
clock.
Figure 2-105
LED light control circuit
Address bus
Data bus
Image data I/F (8-bit)
Image data control communication I/F
Engine controller
[2]Sub-CPU
(U202)
Purge motor
BJ cartridges(Bk, C, M, Y)
LED
Carriagecontroller
[1]CPU
(U221)
[3]DRAM(U216)
[4]FLASHROM
(U219)
[8] Gate array
(U212)
[9]Gate array
(U204)
Y20216MHz
Command communic-
ation I/F
[6]Reset IC(U227)
Imag
e co
ntro
ller
Carriagemotor
[11]Carriagemotor driver(U232)
Paperfeed
motor
[10]Paper feed
motor driver(U233)
[7]Gate array(U208)
[5]EEPROM(U218)
Data bus
[12]Purge motor
driver(U234)
Linear encoder
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–13
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–12
2. Engine controller input/output (2/3)
Figure 2-107
+26VFM1
See the section on the "Paper feed Motor"(P. 2-58).
See the section on the "Carriage Motor"(P. 2-24).
When "1", FM1 rotates.
When "1", FM2 rotates.During rotation, "1".
FAN_CONT
Suction fan
Cooling fan
Engine controller
-1-2
J5-1-2
Purge motor M3
-1-2-3-4-5-6
J9 J202-1-2-3-4-5-6
-1-2-3-4-5-6
PG_OUT1PG_OUT2PG_OUT3PG_OUT4PPOW_CONLPPOW_CONL
J204-1-2
+26VFM2
FANSTS
J206-2-3-1
Paper feed motor M1
-1-2-3-4-5-6
J12J203
-1-2-3-4-5-6
-1-2-3-4-5-6
Carriage motor
J201-1-2-3-4-5-6
YAYANYBYBN
XAXANXBXBN
+26V
+26V
M2
FAN_CONT
Rotation control signal
When "0", M3 rotates.
E. Engine controller Input/Output1. Engine controller input/output (1/3)
Figure 2-106
-2-1
J211-1-2
Engine controller
When the front cover is opened, "1".
DOOR_IN-1-2
Front cover switch
J8SW2
-2-1
+26VJ212
-1
-2 When "0",SL1 turns on.
SOL_CONT*Wiper solenoid SL1
-1
-2
J2-2
-1
-1
-2
J1-8
-7
+5V
When "0", PS3 turns on.When there is no ink in the ink chamber, "0".
INKCONN*INK1_IN*
J213-5-6-8-7
-1-2-4-3
J11-4-3-1-2
+5V-5-4-3
-1-2-3
-5-4-3
Pump position sensor When the guide roller is
at home position, "1".PURHP_IN
+5V-1-2-3
-8-7-6
When the carriage is athome position, "1".
CRGHP_INPS2Home position sensor
PS1
-4-5-6
-8-7-6
-1-2-3
Remaining ink sensor
+5V-1-2-3
J214-3-2-1
When PS6 has detected paper, "0".
MEDIA_IN*PS6
PS3
-1-2-3
-11-10
-9When no ink tank isinstalled, "1".
TANKInk tank sensor
PE senser
+5V
PS4
-3-2-1
J10-1-2-3
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–15
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–14
F. Summary of Operation1. When the power switch is turned ON
AC connection
Message indication
BJ print head presencedetection
¥ Presence of BJ print head¥ Head rank measurement
Front cover open/close detection
Software initial check¥ CPU initialization¥ ROM/RAM check¥ EEPROM check
Error indication
¥E011xx¥E012xx¥E051xx
Normal?
Yes
No
Closed?
Yes
No
Error indication
¥E004xx¥W004xx
Normal?If there is no BJ print head, color (C, M, Y) warning and black (Bk) error are indicated.Yes
No
Close the front cover
Power switch (SW1)ON
A
3. Engine controller input/output (3/3)
Figure 2-108
Engine controller
BJ cartridge (Bk)
Carriagecontroller
J503
BJ cartridge (C)
J504
BJ cartridge (M)
J505
BJ cartridge (Y)
J506
C
M
Y
J208J207
J501J502
Media sensor
J207J502PS9
J502-33-32
+5V
Linear sensor Rectanguler wave with phase difference of 90û input at the time of carriage movement.
J509-3-4-2-1
J207-8-9PS8
Bk
See"Media sensor"(page 2-28).
-3-1-4-5
TH1
THERM_IN Internal temperature signal from thermistor
-2
-1
LSALSB
J510-6
-4-8-7-5-3
+5V
+26V
LEDBLEDRREGOUTPOUT
-4 -37
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–17
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–16
2. When media is loaded
Set media
Media presence detection
Message indication
Front cover open/close detection
Suction fan (FM1)Cooling fan (FM2)
Rotation
¥ Always detect while the fan is rotating.¥ Rotates for 60 sec. after detection of media.
Error indication
¥E01501
Normal?
Yes
No
Closed?
Yes
No
Close the front cover.
Message indicationPresent?
Yes
No
Set media.
Press the up or down arrow key.
Load the media ¥ See page 2-30 for details.
Online
Error indication
¥E001xx¥E003xx¥E008xx¥E015xx
Normal?
Yes
No
Load the media ¥ See page 2-30 for details.
Media presence detection
Message indication
Purge unit operation ¥ Carry out only if the carriage is not at the home position when the power switch is turned ON.
Online Offline
Error indication
¥E003xx¥E005xx¥E007xx
Normal?
Yes
No
Error indication
¥E001xx¥E003xx¥E008xx¥E015xx
Normal?
Yes
No
Present?
Yes
No
A
Initial operation
¥ Linear encoder check¥ Home position detection¥ Pump position detection¥ Ink tank presence detection¥ Remaining ink detection¥ BJ print head reference position detection
Error indication
¥E003xx¥E005xx¥E007xx
Normal?
Yes
No
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–19
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–18
Data analysis
Warning indication
¥W060xx¥W061xx¥W062xx¥W063xx¥W064xx¥W065xx¥W067xx
Normal?
Yes
No
A
Suction fan (FM1) Cooling fan (FM2)
Rotation
¥ Always detected when rotating
Error indication
¥E01501
Normal?
Yes
No
B
Purge action ¥ See page 2-48, 49, 50 for details.
Checking the time having been left
Error indication
¥E005xx
Normal?
Yes
No
Less than 72 hours from theprevious purging?
Yes
No
3. Printing
Data reception
Media presence detection
Message indication
Front cover open/close detection
Check communication condition
Closed?
Yes
No
Close the front cover.
Message indicationPresent?
Yes
No
Set media.Load the media ¥ See page 2-30 for details.
Error indication
¥E001xx¥E003xx¥E008xx¥E015xx
Normal?
Yes
No
Error indication
¥E052xx¥E053xx
Normal?
Yes
No
A
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–21
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–20
Error indication
¥E008xx
Normal?
Yes
No
Feed the media to the printing end position.
Move the carriage to the home position
Suction fan (FM1) and cooling fan (FM2) stopped.
Cutting operation ¥ See page 2-38 for details.
B
Cut sheet media?
Yes
No
Offline Online
Check print head ¥ Always detected while printing
Printing started
End of printing
Error indication
¥E004xx¥W004xx
Normal?
Yes
No
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–23
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–22
Linear scale
Carriage motor (M2)
Home position sensor (PS2) *
Remaining ink sensor (PS3) *
Ink tank sensor (PS4) *
Carriage
Paper thickness adjustment lever
Cutter
Media sensor (PS9)
Carriage belt
Carriage controller
* These sensors compose the purge unit.
Table 2-201
Reference of printing position and print timing.
Moves the carriage back and forth.
Detects the home position.
Detects the ink level remaining in the ink tank.
Detects presence of ink tank.
Four BJ cartridges are mounted on the carriage andmove back and forth by the driving force from thecarriage motor (M2).
Selects one of 3 distances between the head and platen.
Rises and lowers according to the movement of thecarriage, cutting the roll media.
Detects ink dot position when adjusting the printposition alignment. Also detects internal temperaturewith a built-in thermistor.
Transmits the driving force of the carriage motor (M2)to the carriage.
Relays the print signals issued from the engine control-ler to the BJ print head.
Conducts serial communication with the enginecontroller using the 4-bit slave CPU, and sends theinternal temperature, head temperature and head rankinformation to the engine controller.
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
No. Name FunctionII. CARRIAGE UNITA. Outline
Figure 2-201 shows the composition of the carriage and its driving components.
The driving force from the carriage motor (M2) is transmitted to the carriage through the
carriage belt , causing the carriage to move back and forth over the paper. The distance it moves
is controlled by counting the number of pulses of the signal transmitted from the engine control-
ler to the carriage motor.
The print signal from the engine controller is transmitted to the BJ print head mounted to the
carriage, via the carriage controller.
Figure 2-201
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–25
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–24
b. Direction control
The output timing of the motor drive pulses (YMA, YMAN, YMB, YMBN) from the carriage
motor driver is changed by the carriage motor driver control signals (MTP12-15) output from the
CPU, to control the direction of the carriage motor (M2).
c. Speed control
The speed of the carriage motor (M2) is controlled by changing the frequency of the carriage
motor current control signals (MTP9-11) and the carriage motor driver control signals (MTP12-
15) issued by the CPU.
d. Supply current control
The 2 signals (Vref1, Vref2) output from the current control circuit are controlled by the
carriage motor drive control signal (D/A1) output by the CPU, to control the current supplied to
the carriage motor (M2) by the carriage motor driver for stopping, holding, low-speed operation
and high-speed operation. By changing the carriage motor supply current according to the
current condition of the carriage motor (M2), the carriage motor (M2) is smoothly controlled.
e. Detection of problems
If a heavy load is placed on the carriage for any reason, the pulse signal output from the linear
encoder will not be detected within a specified time. The engine controller interprets this as a
problem with the carriage motor and stops it.
3. Detection of front cover open/closed
As a safety precaution against the front cover being opened while the carriage is operating, a
front cover switch (SW2) is provided.
When the front cover is opened, the front cover switch is turned OFF, the carriage motor (M2)
drive voltage (+26V) is cut off after printing 1 band, and the carriage motor stops.
B. Carriage Motor Control1. Outline
The carriage motor (M2) of this machine is a 2-phase stepping motor. It controls the back and
forth movement of the carriage. The carriage motor (M2) is controlled by the engine controller,
the main functions of which are shown below. Figure 2-202 is a block diagram of the carriage
motor control circuit.
[1] Carriage motor ON/OFF control
[2] Carriage motor direction control
[3] Carriage motor speed control
[4] Carriage motor supply current control
2. Operation
a. ON/OFF control
Carriage motor ON/OFF is controlled by the carriage motor driver control signal (MTP12-15)
issued by the CPU to the carriage motor driver on the engine controller.
When MTP12 - 15 are "0", the carriage motor driver generates motor drive pulses (YMA,
YMAN, YMB, YMBN) and the carriage motor (M2) is rotated by those pulses.
On the other hand, when MTP12-15 are "1", no motor drive pulses are generated and the
carriage motor (M2) stops rotating.
Figure 2-202
+26V
M2
Carriagemotor
Carriage
motor
driver
Current
control
circuit
Engine controller PCB
C P U
D/A 1
MTP 9
MTP 10
MTP 11
MTP 12
MTP 13
MTP 14
MTP 15
Vref 1
Vref 2
YMA
YMAN
YMB
YMBN
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–27
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–26
[1] Linear scale
Slits are printed at an interval of about 1/360 inch on a polyethylene telephthalate sheet.
[2] Linear sensor
Composed of a light emitting diode and photo diode, the sensor reads the slit pattern on
the linear scale and outputs a 2-phase rectangular wave.
3. Output signal
When the linear sensor moves along the linear scale, the photo diode detects the light coming
through the slit pattern and outputs 4 signals (A, A, B, B) to the signal processing circuit. Two
comparators output rectangular waves (LSA, LSB) with a phase difference of 90°.
4. Control
The engine controller controls and checks
as follows, based on the A and B-phase
signals (LSA, LSB).
• Control of ink discharge timing
• Control of carriage operation
• Detection of carriage position
a. Ink discharge timing
The LTCLK signal is generated synchro-
nously with the rising edge of the LSA pulse
when the carriage advances, and with the
falling edge of the LSA pulse when the
carriage returns, so that the ink dot position
is properly adjusted on the paper.
b. Carriage operation
The LSA signal has a phase difference of
-90° to the LSB signal when the carriage is
advancing and a phase difference of +90°
when the carriage is returning, enabling the
engine controller to control the carriage
operation and direction.
c. Carriage position
The carriage position is detected by count-
ing the LSA rising edges when the carriage is
advancing and the LSA falling edges when
the carriage is returning.
Figure 2-204
LSA
LSB
When carriage is advancingPosition
LSA
LSB
When carriage is retractingPosition
Gate array
Engine controllerCarriage controllerLinear sensor
Linear scale
Light sensing unit +5V
J214- 8
- 9
-4
-2
-1
-3J502
LSA
LSB
Signal processing circuit
Lens
Photo diode
LED+
-+
-
A
A
B
B
Light emitting unit
Comparator
C. Linear Encoder1. Outline
A linear encoder is installed on the printer to allow checking the carriage operation and ad-
justing the dot placement position on the paper. When the carriage is returning, after the home
position sensor (PS2) turns ON and the carriage has travelled an additional 12mm, that position
is considered the home position.
2. Structure
Linear sensor
Carriagecontroller
1/360 inch
LSA/LSB
Linear scale
Figure 2-203
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–29
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–28
3. Skew detection
By comparing the detected right edge position of the paper after a certain volume of paper has
been fed, with the position of the right edge detected during the paper width detection operation,
paper skew can be detected.
[1] Roll media
After the paper width detection, the paper is fed for approximately 300mm to detect skew.
Figure 2-206
[2] Cut sheets
After the paper width detection, the paper is reverse fed for approx. 300mm for the first skew
detection. The paper is then fed further back, and when the rear edge passes the media sensor,
the paper is fed back for approx. 50mm from the leading edge and a second skew detection takes
place.
However, if the leading edge passes by the media sensor before the paper is fed for approx.
300mm, the paper is returned approx. 50mm from that position, and skew detection is conducted.
D. Media Sensor1. Outline
The printer is provided with a media sensor to detect the width and skew of the paper, the
internal temperature, and to enable automatic head adjustment. The media sensor is located on
the carriage unit and composed of a red and a blue LED and one reflective photo sensor. When
automatically adjusting the head, to detect the cyan line pattern, the red LED is lit, and to detect
the black, magenta and yellow line patterns, the blue LED is lit.
2. Paper width detection
When paper is picked up, the blue LED in the media sensor are switched on, and if the re-
flected light level is insufficient, the red LED also is switched on. The carriage is moved while
lighting the proper LEDs (blue, red or both) and the right edge of the paper is detected when the
carriage advances and the left edge when returning. The output pulses from the linear encoder
are counted from when the carriage leaves the home position until the paper edges are detected,
and the paper width is determined from the difference between the counted values at the time of
advancing and returning.
When the paper width is less than 250.0mm, an error code is displayed on the operation panel.
If the right or left edge of the paper is detected as out of the reference position by more than
5mm, an error code (E00162) is indicated.
Media sensorCarrriage controller Engine controller
LED lighting
circuit (red)
LED lighting
circuit (blue)
+24V
Red
Blue
TH1
AMP
D/A-C
C P U
REGLEDR
REGLEDB
LEDR
LEDB
POUT
THERMETHERM_IN
J504 -1
J508 -10
J508 - 9
J508 - 7
J214 -31
J214 -32
J214 -J214 -37
J504 -7
J504 -6
Figure 2-205
Figure 2-207
300mm
Roll media
Skew detection
Paper width detection
Approx. 300mm
Approx. 50mmApprox.50mm
Skew detection 2
Skew detection 1
Paper width detection
Cut sheet
Paper width detection
Skew detection
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–31
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–30
Figure 2-208
Paper is fed backwardapprox. 300mm
Loading started
Loading completed Skewed feed error processed
Paper width detection
Leading edge detection
Loading started
Paper width detection
Leading edge detection*
Skewed feed detection
Paper is fed foward approx. 300 mm
Leading edge detection
Skewed feed detection
Approx. 50mm of paperfrom the leading edge is fed
Normal?
Yes
No
Normal?
Yes
NoSkewed feed detection
Paper leading edge detection
Yes
No
Normal?
Loading completed
* For continuous printing of roll paper, this process is performed only when "Cut" in "Auto Cut" is selected.
Skewed feed error processed
Yes
No
Cut sheet loading sequence Roll media loading sequence
If the skew value is more than the specified amount, the paper is determined to be skewed.
The skew value here is the divergence between the paper's right edge at the time of paper width
detection and the right edge at the time of skew detection.
When paper skew is detected, the printer returns the carriage to the home position and stops
operation.
4. Light compensation
The media sensor brightness is automatically compensated for at the time of paper width
detection and automatic print position adjustment. The carriage is advanced for approx. 200mm,
the light quantity on the paper is compensated for in the order of blue and red, and then the light
quantity on the platen is compensated for in the order of blue and red.
5. Auto band adjustment
Errors in band placement due to mechanical tolerances of the head nozzles and media feeding
system can be automatically corrected.
a. Pattern
First, 2 ruled lines are printed using 10 nozzles from among 160 nozzles of the BJ print head,
from the 4th one from both ends to the 14th one (pattern 1). The interval between the centers of
these 2 rule lines corresponds to 144 nozzles. Then, the media is sent ahead for the distance
corresponding to 144 nozzles and 3 ruled lines (pattern 2) are printed. The paper feed motor
rotates twice for the above process (3200 steps).
Finally, the media is again advanced a distance corresponding to 144 nozzles, and one ruled
line (pattern 3) is printed. This printing of patterns 1 to 3 is repeated 5 times.
b. Measurement and adjustment
The interval between ruled lines A and B of pattern 1 is measured, and then the interval
between ruled line A of pattern 1 and ruled line A of pattern 2 is measured. The intervals are
compared, and the feeding distance corresponding to 1 band of the paper feed motor is adjusted.
Similarly, the interval between ruled lines B and C of pattern 2 and the interval between ruled
line B of pattern 2 and ruled line A of the pattern 3 are measured. The intervals are compared
and the feeding distance corresponding to 1 band of the paper feed motor is adjusted.
Pattern 1
Pattern 2
Pattern 3
A
A
A
B B
C
3 nozzles5 nozzles
144 nozzles
3 nozzles5 nozzles
Fig2-209
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–33
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–32
6. Automatic print position adjustment
When cartridges are installed on the carriage, the nozzle positions of the cartridges may be
displaced, causing displacement of dots of different colors on the paper. The automatic print
position adjustment compensates for this displacement.
The head is automatically adjusted vertically (paper feeding) and horizontally (carriage move-
ment) as follows.
a. Vertical adjustment (paper feed)
The line patterns for 1 band in the horizontal direction are printed in the order of black, cyan,
magenta, and yellow as the carriage moves backward and forward. Then black lines for 1 band
are printed as the carriage moves backward. This process is repeated 15 times.
The distance between the center of the second black line patterns and the center of the color
pattern is measured for each of the 15 sets, the average value is calculated, and the calibration
value is determined.
b. Horizontal adjustment (carriage movement)
As before, line patterns in the vertical direction are printed, and the distance between the
center values of the black line patterns and color patterns are measured and divided into 29
intervals, the average value is calculated to determine the compensation value. Theoretically the
horizontal adjustment is accurate to 1/270 dot. The adjustment covers 6 cases as follows.
(1) The tolerances of the carriage drive components can cause the positions of ink dots on the
media to shift. The printer detects the shifted value of the black line pattern with medium
drops printed as the carriage moves forward with a drive frequency of 7.2kHz, and corrects
the standard position where ink is placed.
(2) When the carriage moves forward, the divergence between the black line pattern printed
with small drops at a drive frequency of 7.2kHz and the color line pattern is adjusted.
(3) When the carriage moves backward, the divergence between the black line pattern printed
with small drops at a drive frequency of 7.2kHz and the color line pattern is adjusted.
(4) When the carriage moves backward, the divergence between the black line pattern printed
with large drops at a drive frequency of 7.2kHz and the color line pattern is adjusted.
(5) The divergence between the black line pattern when the carriage moves forward and
backward at a drive frequency of 7.2kHz and the line pattern is adjusted.
(6) The divergence between the black line pattern when the carriage moves forward and
backward at a drive frequency of 14.4kHz and the line pattern is adjusted.
CAUTION
Whenever a BJ print head is removed and reinstalled, or the head-to-paper gap is adjusted,
the automatic print position adjustment must be conducted.
Figure 2-210
1
1
13
2
14
28
15
29
Vertical adjustment
Forwardprinting
Forwardprinting
Backforwad printing
Printed forward at 7.2kHzBlack: small dots
Printed backward at 7.2kHzBlack: large dots
Printed backward at 7.2kHzBlack: small dots
Backwardprinting
Printed forward at 7.2kHzBlack : medium dots
7.2kHz Black : medium dots1st printing is forward2nd printing is backward
14.4kHz Black : medium dots1st printing is forward2nd printing is backward
Backward rinting
Forward printing
Horizontal adjustment
: Black
: Cyan
: Magenta
: Yellow
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–35
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–34
F. Remaining Ink Detection1. Outline
The printer has a remaining ink detection function. The remaining ink is detected at 2 levels.
When the ink in the ink tank chamber is used up, the ink condition on the message display is
shown in lower case letters.
If the ink in the tank's sponge is used up, when the printing of that page is completed, the ink
condition on the message display is indicated by a hyphen ("–").
The ink condition indications are shown in Table 2-202.
Table 2-202
E. Detection of the Ink Tank1. Outline
The printer has an ink tank detection function. When an ink tank is not installed, an error
message appears on the message display and the ink and head condition is indicated by a blink-
ing hyphen ("–").
2. Method of detecting the ink tank
The presence of the ink tank is detected by the ink tank detection sensor (PS4) installed on the
purge unit when the carriage returns to the home position, in the order of yellow, magenta, cyan,
and black. The ink tank detection sensor uses a reflective type photo sensor. The existence of
the ink tank is detected by whether or not light is reflected from the bottom surface of the tank.
When the ink tank is installed, light from the sensor is reflected from the bottom surface of the
tank and returns to the light receiving unit, causing the ink tank detection signal (TANK) to be
"0". When no ink tank is installed, light is not reflected back to the light receiving unit, and the
ink tank detection signal (TANK) becomes "1".
Figure 2-213 is a flow chart of the ink tank detection and remaining ink detection process.
Figure 2-211
Display Condition
Capital letters
Lowercase letters
Hyphen ("–")
Blinkinghyphen
Ink is sufficient
No ink in ink chamber
No ink in chamber and sponge
No ink tank
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–37
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–36
Remaining ink detection
Dot count (gate array)
Ink tank detection
Dot counting started
Error Message indicationIs there anink tank?
Yes
No
Ink tank's inkchamber empty?
Yes
Counted dot values added (CPU)
Counted dot totalstored (EEPROM)
• The recovded dot count total returns to 0 when the ink tank is replaced.
• State indication is displayed in lower-case letters.
Has the specified volume been
consumed based on the dot count total?
Yes
Ink/head status indicated by hyphen
No
No
No
Figure 2-213
2. Method of detecting remaining ink
The ink remaining in the ink chamber is detected by the remaining ink sensor (PS3) installed
on the purge unit, in the order of yellow, magenta, cyan, and black when the carriage returns to
the home position. The remaining ink sensor (PS3) uses a reflective prism. The light from the
sensor is reflected back by the prism in the bottom of the ink tank, and returns to the light receiv-
ing unit. When there is ink in the chamber, the light is absorbed by the ink and does not reflect
back to the light receiving unit, and the remaining ink signal (INK1_IN) is "1". When there is no
ink in the chamber, the light is reflected back by the prism to the light receiving unit, and the
remaining ink signal (INK1_IN) changes from "1" to "0". When the ink tank is not installed,
there is no prism, the light is not returned to the light receiving unit, and the remaining ink signal
(INK1_IN) is "1".
When the ink in the chamber is exhausted, remaining ink is calculated by counting dots. The
number of ink dots discharged from the head are counted by the gate array on the engine control-
ler and the counted value is sent to the CPU for each band. The CPU adds the dot counts sent to
it and the number of suction times (number of sucked dots) and the total is stored in the
EEPROM. When the total number of ink dots reaches a specified value (the amount of ink held
by the sponge), the indication of the ink status on the message display is changed.
Fig. 2-213 is a flow chart of the ink tank detection and remaining ink detection process.
Ink tank detection/remaining ink detection flow chart
ink chamber
Figure 2-212
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–39
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–38
2. Cutting operation
When roll media is cut, the carriage
advances to the left side of the platen and the
cutter hook is released by the cutter guide at
the left edge of the guide rail. The cutter is
lowered by its spring.
The carriage cuts the roll media while
returning, and the cutter rises along the cutter
slope on the right side of the guide rail and is
stored there.
G. Cutter Unit1. Outline
The Cutter unit is installed on the carriage.
As the carriage moves, the cutter lowers,
cutting the roll media. The Cutter unit is
moved up and down along the slope of the
platen to prevent cutting failure, and a paper
retainer is provided to cut the paper while
compensating its slackness or unevenness.
To maintain cutting quality, the blade
position can be switched through 5 stages by
turning a dial.
For safety, the Cutter unit is designed not
to be removed from the carriage when the
cutter blade is out.
REFERENCERoll media is cut as follows.
• After new roll media is picked up,
80mm is cut to straighten the front
edge.
• After the roll media is printed, the rear
edge is cut.
• When the FORCE CUT function is
executed, the roll media is cut.
Figure 2-214
Platen
Cutter release section
Cutter unit
Cutter
Paper
III. BJ CARTRIDGEA. BJ Cartridge1. Overview
Four colors of BJ cartridges are used in this printer: black (Bk), cyan (C), magenta (M), and
yellow (Y). The BJ print head and ink tank are separable for each color.
2. Structure
Configuration of the BJ cartridge is shown below.
[13] [1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
Figure 2-301
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–41
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–40
3. BJ print head
Ink from the ink sponge is filtered through the mesh-like ink filter and fed to the head unit
through the ink pipe of the cartridge body.
The ink is then sent to the nozzle through the joint pipe.
When head drive current flows to the heater plate in the nozzle, the ink boils in multiple
bubbles, which soon become one bubble.
The head drive current is stopped before the ink drop leaves the nozzle, but bubbling contin-
ues from residual heat in the heater, and ink drops are ejected from the nozzle hole.
After the ink drops are ejected from the nozzle, the nozzle is filled with ink again from the ink
sponge due to capillary action.
REFERENCEThe print head uses semiconductor technology, with the heaters and their circuits on a
silicon plate.
The silicon plate, with these electrical circuits, is bonded to an aluminum plate, which is
attached to the plastic cover housing the nozzles.
Figure 2-302
The bubble shrinksand an ink drop isformed
Bubble jet nozzle
Large heaterSmall heater
Aluminum base plate
Silicone plate
Protective bond forwire connecting section
Ultra thin wireconnecting section Print board
Signal circuit
The heater poweris applied
The heaterpower is shut off
The heater powercontinues
Face plate (Part of plastic cover)
Ink drops are ejectedCommon ink chamber
Plastic coverJoint pipe
Ink filter
Ink flow from the ink sponge
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
Tank packing
Ink filter
Cartridge body
Ink pipe
Ink guide
Head packing
Wiper cleaner
Head unit
Head holder
Tank body
Ink supplier
Ink sponge
Atmospheric air pas-sage plate
Seals between the ink tank and ink pipe to prevent leakage.
Filters the ink to prevent foreign matter from entering the inkpassage.
A case accommodating and connecting the head unit and inktank.
Passage between ink tank and ink guide
Passage between the ink pipe and head unit
Seals between the ink guide and BJ head unit to prevent inkfrom leaking.
Wipes off ink attached to the wiper.
Accepts ink from the ink guide and discharges ink by the printsignal.
A holder to mount the head unit through the ink guide.
A case accommodating the ink sponge
Feeds the ink from the ink sponge to the ink pipe underconstant pressure
Sponge soaked with ink
A hole and groove on the plate and label stuck to it composean atmospheric air passage between the inside and outside ofthe ink tank. It prevents pressure variations in the cartridge,due to ink consumption or environmental conditions, forstable supply of ink to the head unit.
No. Name Function
Table 2-301
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–43
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–42
B. BJ Print head Drive1. Construction of electric head unit
The figure below is a block diagram of the BJ print head drive control circuit.
Figure 2-304
4. Nozzle arrangement
160 nozzles are arranged vertically in one line at a spacing of 1/360 in.
Nozzle arrangement on the BJ print head is shown below.
Figure 2-303
In the monochrome mode, 1 band is printed at a maximum width of 160 nozzles (approxi-
mately 11.3mm) .
However, in color mode, 4 BJ print heads are used, and the printer must compensate for
variations in discharge due to each printhead installation tolerance and nozzle tolerance. For this
reason, though the head is composed of 160 nozzles, one band has a width corresponding to 144
nozzles at the maximum (about 10.2mm), and the particular nozzles used on the printhead of
each color are determined each time that “Auto Adjust” of the “Adjustment” menu is executed.
Nozzle 1
Nozzle 160
0123
320-
bit T
r.A
rray
1A
1B
160
160-
bitL
atch
RANK
GNDH
SUBH
HSEL1A
ODATA
IODATA
DCLK
RESET
LTCLK
DIR
DIA
DIK
BENB0
BENB1
ODDEVEN
Sub-heater X2
Head temperature sensor
Rank resistance
Decoder2 4
160b
it S
hift
regi
ster
1Heater 1A
Heater 160B
VH
2A
2B
3A
3B
5A
7A
9A
112B
113A
159B
160A
160B
9B
113B
2
3
5
7
9
112
113
159
160
HSEL1BHSEL2A
HSEL2BHENB1A
HENB1BHENB2A
HENB2B
Serial transfer unit
VDD
GNDL
TA
Heater 1B
Heater 2A
Heater 2B
Heater 3A
Heater 3B
Heater 5A
Heater 7A
Heater 9A
Heater 9B
Heater 112B
Heater 160A
Heater 159B
Heater 113B
Heater 113A
HS
EL1
AH
SE
L1B
HS
EL2
AH
SE
L2B
HE
NB
1AH
EN
B1B
HE
NB
2AH
EN
B2B
*
* Heater A: Large heater Heater B: Small heater
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–45
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–44
2. Print signal
The BJ print head is controlled as follows.
Figure 2-305
The image data (ODATA) transmitted to the shift register using the DCLK timing is trans-
ferred to the latch using the LTCLK timing by the signal from the linear encoder.
The BENB0 and BENBI signals are divided into 4 signals by the 2→4 decoder and the
nozzles are controlled in 4 groups.
The HSEL1 and HSEL 2 signals also control the nozzles in 4 groups.
Finally, each block is further divided into 2 by the ODD and EVEN signals and the nozzles
are divided into 8 groups. By dividing the head drive in this way, the power supply load is
reduced and ink filling delays are prevented.
The HENB signals use a pre-pulse to increase the head temperature to a proper value before
the main pulse discharges the ink. The pulse widths are varied according to the head rank and
head temperature sensor for an even ink discharge rate.
These signals are input to the AND gates together with the image data (ODATA) and each
heater is driven by the output.
The HSEL and HENB signals correspord to heaters large and small. By combining these
signals in the various ways, the volume of ink discharged from the nozzles is controlled to form
3 drop sizes as follows:
• Large dot: Both large and small heaters are driven.
• Middle dot: Only large heater is driven.
• Small dot: Only small heater is driven.
• 160-bit shift register
The serial ODATA signal from the engine
controller is converted to parallel image data
using the DCLK signal timing.
• 160-bit latch
Outputs image data transferred from the
160-bit shift register using the LTCLK signal
timing.
• 2 → 4 decoder
BENB0 and BENBI signals are used to
create 4 timing signals to heat all heaters.
• AND gates
These gates combine and outpt the parallel
image data (IDATA), the timing signals
generated from the 2→4 decoder, and the
ODD, EVEN, HSEL and HENB signals.
• 320-bit transistor array
Supplies power to the heaters, as con-
trolled by the outputs of the AND gates.
• Heater-boards 1A - 160B
The heaters inside the nozzles are heated
when power is supplied.
Two types of heaters, large and small, are
used in each nozzle. Ink discharge varies
depending on the combination of the power
supply to the 2 heaters.
• Sub-heater
Head temperature adjusting heater for
stable ink efection.
The engine controller drives the sub-
heater according to the temperature detected
by the head temperature sensor and internal
temperature thermistor (TH1) in the media
sensor (PS9), and the print mode.
• Rank resistance
Variation of heater characteristics of each
head is classified into 24 ranks.
The engine controller reads the resistance
values as voltage values at the A/D port of
the CPU, in order to provide the best dis-
charge control for each head.
• Head temperature sensor
Changes in temperature which occur due
to the ink flow rate in the nozzles are de-
tected with a diode.
The engine controller reads the head
temperature sensor output voltage at the A/D
port of the CPU and converts it to a digital
temperature for discharge control and over
heating protection.
• Serial transfer unit
Transmits data in both directions using the
data input/output terminal (IODATA).
0 1 2 3 4
1(0)
1(0) 0(1)
1(0) 0(1)
1(0) 0(1)
0(1) 1(0) 0(1) 1(0) 0(1) 1(0) 0(1)
160
Approx. 70µs (14.4kHz)/Approx. 130µs (7.7kHz)
LTCLK
ODATA
DCLK
ODDEVENBENB 0
BENB 1
HSEL 1A,1B
HENB 1A,1B
HENB 2A,2B
1 block
Data transfer to shift register
Drive of head divided into 8
Variable pulse width
Pre-pulse
Main pulse
1(0) 0(1)HSEL 2A,2B
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–47
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–46
The purge unit is composed of the units below.
No. Name Function
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
Wiper
Remaining ink sensor (PS3)*
Ink tank sensor (PS4)*
Caps
Home position sensor (PS2)*
Purge motor (M3)
Pump home position sensor (PS1)
Pump roller
Waste ink carriage tube
Wiper solenoid (SL1)
Waste ink absorber unit
Lifts up when the carriage returns and wipes ink off the headsurfaces (C, M, Y, Bk).
Detects ink remaining in the ink tank.
Detects presence of ink tank.
Press against the heads when capping and purging. The capsare connected to the carriage tube to carry the purged wasteink into the tube.
Detects the capping position of the carriage.
Rotates the pump roller.
Detects the pump roller capping position.
Generates suction by squeezing the ink carriage tube.
Carries waste ink to the waste ink absorber unit.
Raises the wiper.
Connected to the waste ink carriage tube. Accumulates wasteink.
* Refer to "II. Carriage unit" for details of these sensors.
Table 2-401
IV. PURGE UNITA. Outline
The purge unit provides both a capping function to prevent the head from drying out, and to
prevent dust and other foreign substances from attaching, as well as a head cleaning function to
maintain the print head's condition.
These functions are controlled by the purge motor (M3) and the wiper solenoid (SL1).
Figure 2-401
[1] [2][3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–49
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–48
c. Purge sequence when printing
(Ink consumed: approx. 0.16g)
A
A
Wiping
Wiping
72 hours elapsed afterthe last discharge
Yes
No
Capping
Suction
Data reception
Printing started
Stand-by
Printing ended
Wiping
Maintenance jetMaintenance jet
Suction
Uncapping
Uncapping
Suction
Wipe twice
Capping
Suction
Capping
Maintenance jet Maintenance jet
Stand by for 2 sec.
Purge operation is carried out in the
following steps.
a. Purge sequence when powered
ON
(Ink consumed: approx. 0.5g)
b. Purge sequence when user cleaning
is executed
(Ink consumed: approx. 0.16g)
Move the carriage to the home position
Wiping
Is carriage athome position?
Yes
No
Capping
Capping
Suction
Carriage initial operations
Carriage initialoperations
Power switch (SW1)ON
Stand-by
User cleaning
Stand-by
Suction
Uncapping
Uncapping
Suction
Wiping twice
Capping
Suction
Capping
Maintenance jet
Wait for 2 sec.
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–51
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–50
B. Capping Function1. Outline
The carriage of this machine stands by at the home position. Duming this time, the caps of
the purge unit are pressed against the BJ print heads to prevent the nozzles from drying out and
to keep out dust.
2. Operation
When printing is completed, the carriage is returned to the home position and all the caps are
lifted and pushed against the head face. The caps are lifted and lowered by the movement of the
carriage.
Figure 2-402
d. Purge sequence at the time of head re-
placement/ink tank replacement
(Ink consumed : approx, 0.65g)
Wiping
Maintenance jet
Capping
Suction
Uncapping
Capping
Stand by for about 2 sec.
Suction
Stand-by
Replace the head or ink tank
Suction of appropriate head
A
A
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–53
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–52
3) The carriage continues moving in
backward direction, wiping the Y head, M
head, C head and Bk head.
4) After wiping the Bk head, the wiper
solenoid is turned OFF and the wiper is
lowered.
5) The carriage is moved onto the purge unit
and carries out the maintenance jet to the
caps.
REFERENCEWhen the drive frequency is 14.4kHz,
only the Bk head is wiped.
c. Timing
Wiping is conducted under the following
conditions.
[1] Before printing
Before the printing process is started, the
wiping is carried out once.
[2] After the suction operations
After completion of suction, the caps are
released and wiping is carried out once.
[3] Dot count wiping
The number of dots of ink discharged
from each head since the start of printing
is counted. When the count for a certain
head exceeds the specified value, the
head is wiped after the current printing of
a band is completed. The count value is
cleared to 0 when printing is started and
after wiping.
3. Maintenance jet
a. Outline
Pre-discharge refers to discharging ink
onto the cap for the purpose of removing ink
which has dried and thickened in the nozzles,
preventing the mixing of ink at the head after
wiping, or adjusting the condition of the
nozzles before starting to print. Maintenance
jet uses large dots.
C. Head Cleaning1. Outline
Head cleaning consists of wiping ink and
dust from the head face plate, maintenance
jet to adjust the head conditions, and sucking
up the ink and air bubbles in the nozzles.
2. Wiping
a. Outline
When the carriage moves backward the
wiper solenoid (SL1) is turned ON and lifts
the wiper up and wipes the ink from the head
surfaces. Ink attached to the wiper is ab-
sorbed by the wiper cleaner of the BJ print
head.
b. Operation
1) Before starting the printing process, the
carriage is moved to the specified position
on the left side of the wiper. The wiper
solenoid (SL1) is turned ON and the wiper
is lifted up.
Figure 2-403
2) The carriage is moved in reverse, and ink
attached to the head (Y) surface is wiped
off. The ink on the wiper is wiped off by
the wiper cleaner installed in the BJ print
head.
Figure 2-404
Carriage moves in backward direction
Carriage moves in backward direction
BJ print head
WiperWiper cleaner
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–55
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–54
After the guide roller has rotated 160 de-
grees, it is stopped for about 2 seconds. The
waste ink carriage tube which was squeezed
recovers during this period, and suction is
generated, sucking ink from the color head
nozzles. The guide roller then rotates 223
degrees, where the cam for the black head
starts to squeeze the waste ink carriage tube.
After the guide roller has rotated 340
degrees, it is stopped for about 3 seconds,
while the waste ink carriage tube recovers,
sucking ink from the black head nozzles.
The guide roller then, rotates to the home
position.
When sucking only color ink, the black
ink cap is released, so that no black suction
occurs.
c. Timing
[1] User cleaning 1
The user can perform the cleaning
operation for all heads.
• One suction operation occurs for all
heads.
[2] User cleaning 2
The user can perform the cleaning
operation for the Bk head.
• One suction operation occurs for the
Bk head.
[3] User cleaning 3
When an ink tank is removed and
then reinstalled, the user can perform
the cleaning operation for at head.
• Three suction operations occur for the
corresponding head.
[4] Suction for a replaced ink tank
When an ink tank is replaced, head
cleaning is conducted.
• Three suction operations occur for all
heads, color head, or the Bk head.
[5] Suction for replaced BJ print head
When a BJ print head is replaced, head
cleaning is conducted.
• Four suction operations occur for all
heads.
After printing is completed, the caps of all
the heads are released, and the guide roller is
rotated 4 times to move ink that has accumu-
lated in the waste ink carriage tube to the
waste ink absorber unit.
b. Timing
Ink is ejected into the caps in the order of
the heads (Bk, C, M and Y) under the follow-
ing conditions.
[1] When printing is to be started
Just before printing is started,
maintenance jet is performed.
[2] During printing
The timing of the maintenance jet during
printing is based on the internal tempera-
ture detected by the thermister in the
media sensor.
The maintenance jet timer is reset after
the maintenance jet is conducted.
[3] After wiping
After wiping, ink is pre-discharged into
the caps. However, when the drive
frequency is 14.4kHz, it is not con-
ducted.
4. Suction
a. Outline
The cap is pressed against the head and
the thickened ink and air bubbles in the
nozzles are removed by suction.
The cap is connected to the waste ink
absorber unit by the waste ink carriage tube.
Removed ink is carried to the waste ink
absorber unit by vacuum. Each application
of suction removes, about 0.2g of ink.
b. Operation
Suction operation is classified into all-
color suction, color suction and black suc-
tion.
Suction is effected by rotating the guide
roller, which is driven by the purge motor
(M3) in the purge unit.
The guide roller position is detected by
the pump home position sensor (PS1). The
position where the guide roller has rotated 40
degrees from the pump home position is
considered to be the guide roller stand- by
position.
When the guide roller is rotated for cap-
ping, the cam starts to squeeze the waste ink
carriage tube at a point 43 degrees from the
pump home position.
Figure 2-405
M3
Head
Pressurizing cam (for black ink)
Pressurizing cam (for color ink)
Guide roller
Waste ink tank
Carriage tube
Purge position sensor
Purge motor
40˚
70˚
Actuator
Cap
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–57
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–56
[6] Suction by timer
If 72 hours elapse with no suction
operations, head cleaning will be car-
ried out in the next standby mode.
• One suction operation occurs for the
corresponding head.
[7] Suction by dot count
The number of dots of ink discharged
since the last suction operation is
counted and stored in the RAM on the
engine controller. When this dot count
exceeds the specified value, head clean-
ing operations are conducted after the
completion of printing.
The dot count is cleared to 0 after
each suction operation, and when the BJ
print head is replaced.
• One suction operation occurs for the
corresponding head.
D. Waste Ink Absorber Unit1. Waste ink absorber unit
Waste ink is removed from the head
nozzles by the suction operation, sent to the
waste ink absorber unit through the waste ink
carriage tube by vacuum, and absorbed by
the waste ink absorber unit.
The waste ink level is measured by count-
ing dots. When the specified count is ex-
ceeded, a warning message indicating a full
waste ink absorber unit is shown on the
message display, and the printer is stopped
after completion of the current printing
process.
CAUTION
• After the waste ink absorber unit is
replaced, the dot count for the waste
ink absorber unit should always be
cleared in the service mode.
• When replacing the engine controller,
be sure to follow the procedures on
page 5-12, to allow the count stored in
the EEPROM to be renewed.
V. FEEDER UNITA. Outline
The paper feed motor (M1) drives the paper feed roller to feed the paper. The existence of
paper is detected by the PE sensor (PS6).
A diagram of the feeder unit is shown below.
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
Figure 2-501
[1] Paper feed roller
[2] Pinch roller unit
[3] PE sensor (PS6)
[4] Paper feed motor (M1)
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–59
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–58
b. Control of rotation direction
The output timing of the motor drive pulses (XMA, XMAN, XMB, XMBN) from the paper
feed motor driver is controlled by the paper feed motor driver control signals (MTP 4 to 7)
output by the CPU to the paper feed motor driver, in order to control the rotation direction of the
paper feed motor (M1).
c. Control of rotation speed
By changing the frequency of the paper feed motor current control signals (MTP 1 to 3)
output by the CPU to the paper feed motor driver and the paper feed motor driver control signals
(MTP 4 to 7), the rotation speed of the paper feed motor (M1) is controlled.
d. Supply current control
By changing the combination of 2 signals (Vref 1, Vref 2) output from the current control
circuit by the paper feed motor drive control signal (D/A 0) output from the CPU, the current
output from the paper feed motor driver to the paper feed motor is set up for stopping, holding,
low speed rotation and high speed rotation. The paper feed motor supply current is changed
according to the rotation condition of the paper feed motor for smooth rotation.
B. Paper Feed Motor Control1. Outline
The paper feed motor (M1) is a 2-phase stepping motor. It controls the rotation of the paper
feed roller. The paper feed motor is controlled by the engine controller. Its major functions are
shown below. Figure 2-502 is a block diagram of the paper feed motor control circuit.
[1] Paper feed motor ON/OFF control
[2] Paper feed motor rotation direction control
[3] Paper feed motor rotation speed control
[4] Paper feed motor supply current control
Figure 2-502
2. Operation
a. ON/OFF control
The feed motor is switched ON and OFF by the paper feed motor driver control signal (MTP
4 to 7) issued by the CPU to the paper feed motor driver on the engine controller.
When MTP 4 to 7 are "0", the paper feed motor (M1) rotates when the paper feed motor
driver generates the motor drive pulses (XMA, XMAN, XMB, XMBN) from the paper feed
motor drive control signal (MTP 4 to 7) input from the CPU.
When MTP 4 to 7 are "1", no motor drive pulses are generated and the paper feed motor (M1)
stops rotating.
+26V
M1
Paper feedmotor
Paperfeed
motor driver
Current control circuit
Engine controller
C P U
D/A 0
MTP 1
MTP 2
MTP 3
MTP 4
MTP 5
MTP 6
MTP 7
Vref 1
Vref 2
XMA
XMAN
XMB
XMBN
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–61
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–60
b. Roll media
1) When the paper is set and the media
trailing edge sensor detects the paper, the
suction fan operates to suck the paper on
to the platen. This prevents the paper from
lifting away from the platen during print-
ing.
2) By pressing the upper or down arrow
key, the carriage is advanced about
200mm to adjust the light of the media
sensor (PS9). At the same time, the paper
feed motor (M1) is rotated, feeding the
paper forward about 30mm. Whether the
paper is cut sheet or roll media is detected
by the media trailing edge sensor.
3) The carriage is returned to the home
position and the paper width is detected.
4) After the carriage is advanced to a posi-
tion about 200mm to the left of the home
position, paper is fed backward and the
media sensor (PS9) detects the skew of
the paper.
Thereafter paper is fed backward.
When the paper front edge passes
through the media sensor (PS9), the paper
feeding stops after switch-back operation.
REFERENCE• Paper length detection is not con-
ducted for roll media.
• After loading the paper, it can be fed
back and forth by pressing the up and
down arrow keys.
• After completion of printing on roll
media, the carriage is moved to detect
the top edge of the paper, to make sure
the cutting operation was successful.
3. Paper feeding during printing
Paper is fed during printing, alternately
with the carriage.
When print data is received, the paper is
fed to the print start position and then the
carriage moves to print 1 band. During the
printing operation, the paper feed motor
(M1) stops.
After printing 1 band, the paper feed
motor rotates and feeds the paper forward for
the next band. While the paper is being fed,
the carriage motor (M2) stops. Then the next
band is printed.
This feeding cycle of stop, rotation and
stop of the paper feed motor (M1) is repeated
unit the final band is printed. When there is
no data to be printed for the next band, the
paper is fed to reach the next position for a
band containing data.PE sensor (PS6)
Media sensor (PS9)
C. Feeding Operation1. Outline
Paper feeding is classified into three
modes as follows :
• Paper loading
• Paper feeding during printing
• Paper delivery
By setting paper at the pinch roller and
pushing the up or down arrow key, the paper
feed motor (M1) rotates and sets up the
paper. When data is received and printing is
started, the paper is fed forward 1 band width
at a time.
2. Loading paper
a. Cut sheet
1) When paper is set at the pinch roller and
the PE sensor (PS6) detects the paper, the
suction fan turns on to suck the paper onto
the platen, preventing the paper from
lifting away from the platen during print-
ing.
2) By pressing the up or down arrow key,
the carriage advances about 200mm and
adjustes the light of the media sensor
(PS9). At the same time, the paper feed
motor (M1) is rotated to feed the paper
forward about 30mm and detects whether
the paper is cut sheet or roll media using
the PE sensor (PS6).
Thereafter paper is fed backward and the
media trailing edge sensor (PS6) detects
the rear edge of the paper.
3) The carriage is returned to the home
position and the paper width is detected.
4) The carriage is advanced to a position
about 200mm to the left of the home
position, the paper is fed backward, and
the media sensor (PS9) detects the skew
of the paper.
Figure 2-503
5) The paper is fed further backward. When
the paper front end passes by the
carriage's media sensor (PS9) , the car-
riage stops after a switch-back operation.
Before the media sensor detects the paper
front edge, the paper length is determined
by counting the clock pulses sent to the
paper feed motor (M1).
ON LINE
PE sensor (PS6)
Media sensor (PS9)
Approx.30mm
PE sensor (PS6)
Media sensor (PS9)
Figure 2-504
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–63
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–62
4. Feeding operation
For cut sheets, the paper is fed until the
paper rear edge reaches a position 3mm
behind the pinch roller, after printing is
completed.
When roll media is cut, the paper is fed to
the position to be cut.
When roll media is not cut, the paper is
fed to the position where the next printing
will start.
5. PE sensor
Existence of paper is detected by the PE
sensor (PS6) installed on the lower right side
of the platen.
The sensor is a reflective-type photo
interruptor. It detects the existence of paper
and the rear edge of the paper by the exist-
ence of light reflected from the paper.
Figure 2-505
VI. FANThe two fans shown in the figure below function as shown in Table 2-601.
FM2FM1
Figure 2-601
Symbol Name Fan direction Function
FM1
FM2
Suction fan
Cooling fan
Suction
Suction
Pulls the paper onto the platen to prevent itfrom floating up.
Discharges the heat generated by the DC powersupply unit.
Table 2-601
PE sensor (PS6)
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–65
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–64
• Suction fan (FM1)
When the PE sensor detects the paper, the fan drive signal (FAN_CONT) changes to "1" and
the suction fan (FM1) runs.
The suction fan continues to run constantly while the paper is being transported during the
printing operation, to prevent the paper from floating away from the platen. However, if the
platen does not carry the media even though the PE sensor detects the media, the suction fan
stops after 60 seconds.
To carry the paper after the suction fan stops, the printer starts the suction fan again and starts
the carriage operation.
• Cooling fan (FM2)
The cooling fan (FM2) runs at the same time as the suction fan (FM1), discharging the air
heated by the DC power supply, to prevent the power supply from overheating. If the cooling
fan rotation signal (FANSTS) is not detected while the cooling fan is running, error code
"E01501" is indicated on the message display.
Figure 2-602
N F
J204-1
-2Suction Fan
FAN_CONT
Engine controller
FM1
FM2
-1
-2
-1
-2
J5
J206-1-2-3
Cooling FanFANSTS
+26V
+5V
+5V
+
+5V
VII. POWER SUPPLYA. Power Supply Outline
Figure 2-701 is a block diagram which shows the power supply system for the printer.
SW1
Power switch
DC power supply
Engine controller
Image controller
Carriage Controller
AC100 to 240 V
Switch+5V
Solenoid+26V
Sensors+5V
Fan motor+26V
+5V
+26V
Linear sensor+5V
BJ cartridge
+5V
+24V
Media sensor
+5V
+26V
Purge motor+26V
+26V
+5V
+5V
Carriage motor+26V
Operation panel
+5V
Paper Feed motor+26V
Figure 2-701
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–67
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION
2–66
B. Power Circuit1. AC power supply
By plugging in the power cord and turning
the power switch (SW1) ON, AC power is
supplied to the DC power supply PCB.
2. DC power supply
When the power cord is plugged in and
the power switch (SW1) is turned ON, the
DC power supply rectifies the supplied AC
power, decreases the voltage, and smoothes
and supplies +26.5V±5% and +5.1V±5% DC
power.
The carriage controller decreases the
voltage of the power supplied from the DC
power supply from +26V to +24V and sup-
plies power to the BJ cartridge.
DC power of +24V for driving the head
(VH), +5V (HV5) for the HEAT signal, and
+5V (R5V) for the rank signal are supplied to
the BJ cartridge. The output is controlled by
the engine controller.
C. Power Circuit ProtectionOn the DC power supply, fuse F1 is
provided on the primary side as a safety
measure. On the secondary side, overcurrent
protection and overvoltage protection circuits
are provided.
If an overcurrent or overvoltage condition
occurs due to a short circuit in the power
line, etc., a protection circuit will actuate to
stop all the outputs from the DC power
supply.
By turning OFF the power switch, waiting
for more than 1 minute, and then turning the
power switch ON again, the protection
circuit is reset and the output is recovered.
CAUTION
• Before recovering the output, be
sure to remove the cause of the prob-
lem in the protective circuit.
• If the load is short-circuited often,
or short circuit and recovery are
repeated, the fuse incorporated in the
DC power supply may blow.
CHAPTER 3
MECHANICAL SYSTEM
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY .......................... 3-11. List of Main Parts ......................................... 3-22. Outline of disassembly and assembly of
main parts .................................................... 3-3PRECAUTIONS FOR DISASSEMBLYAND REASSEMBLY .............................................. 3-5I. EXTERNALS ..................................................... 3-7
A. External Cover ............................................. 3-7
B. Operation Panel ........................................... 3-9C. Fan ............................................................. 3-10
II. CARRIAGE UNIT ............................................ 3-13III. PURGE UNIT .................................................. 3-21IV. FEEDER UNIT ................................................ 3-24V. DRIVING UNIT ................................................ 3-28VI. ELECTRICAL PART ........................................ 3-32
Disassembly and assembly
The disassembly and assembly list for the main parts and the related outlines are shown here.
The outlines give the procedures for removing the main parts from the main unit. However, the
directions for removing the connectors and the disassembly procedures for other parts are
omitted.
For the precautions on disassembly and assembly and detailed information on each procedure,
please refer to page 3-5.
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–1
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–3
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–2
2. Outline of disassembly and assembly of main parts
* : The figures written in ( ) indicate the numbers of screws or E rings.
Main Unit
Left cover (3) Operation panel Cover plate (4)
Right cover (3) Image controller (12)
Right cover stay plate (4)
Engine controller (5)
Purge unit (3)
Mount plate (5)
Cooling fan (2)
Front cover switchPCB box (7)
Idler roller
Left frame plate (7)
Carriage motor (4)
Lower cover (6) Front cover Upper cover (8)
Waste-ink absorber unit (4)
Idler roller holder rack (2)
Power switch section (2)
DC power source (4)
Paper release lever (2) Carriage unit
Pinch roller unit (14 or 8)
Carriage belt
Platen (16 or 10)
Linear scaleFlexible cable cover (4)
Noise protection sheet (5)
Paper feed motor holder (3)
PE sensor (1)
Suction fan (2)
Flexible cable
Paper feed roller Paper feed motor (4)
1. List of Main PartsDisassembly and assembly of :
• operation panel
• right cover
• lower cover
• upper cover
• front cover
• front cover switch
• purge unit
• waste-ink absorber unit
• pinch roller unit
• platen
• PE sensor
• suction fan
• paper feed roller
• paper feed motor
• carriage motor
• carriage unit
• carriage belt
• linear scale
• image controller
• engine controller
• PCB box
• cooling fan
• power switch
• DC power source
• flexible cable
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–5
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–4
2. Handle the BJ cartridge with care (See page 1-38).
3. The head and electrode of the BJ Printhead should not be touched.
PRECAUTIONS FOR DISASSEMBLY AND
REASSEMBLY1. Do not loosen or remove screws which are not included in the disassembling procedures in
this manual. In particular, never disassemble the points fixed with red screws as shown
below. Readjustment is prohibited since they have been adjusted to the optimum position at
the factory.
Number of red colored screws
A0 size model: 59
A1 size model: 45
Front side Rear side
Figure 3-001
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–7
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–6
I. EXTERNALSA. External Cover
1. Removing the right cover
1) Remove the operation panel (See page 3-
9).
2) Remove 3 screws [1] and take off the
right cover [2].
[1] Front cover
[2] Upper cover (8)
[3] Right cover (3)
[4] Lower cover (6)
[5] Left cover (3)
Figure 3-101
[1]
[2]
[3][4]
[5]
Figures in ( ) indicate the numbers of
screws.
The removal procedures are omitted for
those cover which can be removed simply by
removing the screws.
2. Removing the upper cover and
front cover
1) Remove the right cover and left cover.
2) Remove 2 screws [1] and take off the
front cover [2].
Figure 3-102
[1]
[2]
[1]
[2][1]
5. Before carrying out disassembly or reassembly, be sure to turn OFF the power switch and
disconnect the power cord and interface cable.
6. You should not normally operate the printer with a component removed.
7. Unless a specific reassembly procedure is given, follow the disassembly procedure in reverse.
8. When reassembling, be careful about the types of screws (shape, length and diameter) and
their positions.
9. When moving or disassembling the carriage, be sure to remove the cutter unit.
10. When handling a wiring harness tied with a band, cut off the band if necessary. When
reassembling, be sure to tie the harness with a new band at the same position.
11. Ink mist generated during printing may become attached to the platen or purge unit. Be
careful that your hands and clothes are not stained by the ink.
12. Ink used in this printer is not harmful, but contains organic solvent. Should it enter the eye,
wash it away and consult a doctor.
13. The electronic circuits can be damaged by static electricity from your body. Before remov-
ing any circuit board, be sure to first touch a grounded metal part to remove any static charge.
Do not touch the end of the short flexible cable.
14. Before replacing the image controller and the engine controller, be sure to store the data
following the procedure written in the “Chapter 5 II.C.3. Replacing the image controller and
engine controller. (See page 5-11.)
15. After reassembly, be sure to carry out the “Auto Adjust”, “Auto Band-Adj.” of the main
menu.
4. When lifting this machine, be sure that 2 people hold it as shown in Figure 3-003.
Figure 3-002 Figure 3-003
Electrode
Head
Figure 3-103
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–9
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–8
4. Removing the front cover switch
1) Remove the right cover (See page 3-7).
2) Open the front cover.
3) Remove 4 screws [1] and take off the
right cover stay plate [2].
B. Operation Panel1. Removing the operation panel
1) Open the front cover, and holding the
green part, move the carriage to the
center.
2) Unlatch the hooks [1] at 4 positions from
the rear side of the right cover and remove
the operation panel [2].
4) Disconnect connector [3], unlatch 2 hooks
[4] and remove the front cover switch [5].
Figure 3-107
Figure 3-108
Figure 3-109
[2]
[1]
[1]
[3][5]
[4]
[1]
[2]
[1]
3) Remove 2 screws [3]. 3. Removing the lower cover
1) Remove the right cover and left cover
(See page 3-7).
2) Open the front cover and lower the paper
release lever.
3) Remove 6 set screws [1] and take off the
lower cover [2].
[3]
Figure 3-104
4) Remove 4 screws [4] and take off the
upper cover [5].
[4] [5]
Figure 3-105
CAUTION
After completion of the work, close the
front cover and raise the paper release
lever.
Figure 3-106
[1][1]
[1]
[2]
CAUTION
Three connectors [3] on the operation
panel are connected. Be careful not to
pull on the harnesses too hard.
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–11
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–10
6) Remove 5 set screws [3] and take off the
mount plate [4].
Figure 3-113
8) Remove 2 screws [6] and take off the
cooling fan [7].
7) Disconnect the connector [5]
Figure 3-114
CAUTION
• To prevent the heads from drying out,
return the carriage promptly to the
capping position upon completion of
the work and close the front cover.
• When reassembling the cooling fan,
be sure to place the fan cord side in
upper position to allow the cord to be
reached to the connector.
[3]
[4]
Figure 3-112
[5]
[6]
[7]
3) Remove 3 connectors [3] (CN701,
CN702, CN704) from the operation panel
and take off the operation panel [2].
C. Fan1. Removing the cooling fan
1) Remove the image controller (See page 3-
32).
2) Remove the engine controller (See page
3-33).
3) Remove the right cover (See page 3-7).
4) Open the front cover, and holding the
green part, move the carriage to the
center.
5) Remove 1 screw [1] and peel off the noise
protection sheet [2].
[3]
[2]
Figure 3-110
CAUTION
To prevent the heads from drying out,
return the carriage promptly to the
capping position upon completion of the
work and close the front cover.
Figure 3-111
[2] [1]
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–13
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–12
II. CARRIAGE UNIT
CAUTION
Before disassembling or reassembling
the carriage unit, remove the BJ car-
tridge and cutter unit.
1. Removing the carriage unit
1) Remove the right cover and left cover
(See page 3-7).
2) Unlatch [1] front left hook, and then the
remaining 3 hooks, and remove the
carriage cover [2].
3) Remove the front cover and upper cover
(See pate 3-7).
4) Holding the green part, move the carriage
to the center, and remove the BJ
cartridges.
5) Disconnect 2 connectors [3] (J501, J502)
of the flexible cable on the carriage con-
troller and set the cable to the left.
Figure 3-202
CAUTION
The flexible cables are fixed by a ferrite
core. When removing the flexible
cables, be careful not to damage them.
[3]
Figure 3-201
[1]
[2]
[1]
2. Removing the suction fan
1) Remove the PE sensor (See page 3-27).
2) Remove 2 screws [1] and remove the
suction fan cover [2].
Figure 3-115
3) Disconnect the connector [3] and remove
the suction fan [4].
Figure 3-116
[1]
[2]
[1]
[3]
[4]
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–15
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–14
2. Removing the carriage belt
1) Remove the carriage unit (See page 3-13).
2) Remove 2 belt stoppers [1] at the back
side of the carriage using a straight blade
screw driver or the like and remove the
carriage belt [2].
Figure 3-207
CAUTION
When installing the carriage unit, check
that the linear scale passes through the
linear scale sensor. Attach the left frame
plate so that the cutter release touches
the cutter unit set in the carriage. Be
careful not to get cut by the cutter edge
moving down.
Left frame plate
Cutter releasing section
6) Remove the idler roller holder tension
spring [4] and remove the idler roller [5]
and idler roller holder [6].
8) Remove 7 screws [9] and take off the left
frame plate [10].
[4]
[5]
[6]
Figure 3-203
7) Remove 2 screws [7] and take off the
idler roller holder rack [8].
Figure 3-204
[9]
[10]
[9][9]
Figure 3-205
9) Remove the carriage unit [11] from the
left side of the printer.
Figure 3-206
CAUTION
When removing the carriage unit, be
careful not to damage or stain the car-
riage belt and linear scale.
[7]
[8]
[11]
[1][2][1]
[2]
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–17
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–16
4. Removing the linear scale
1) Remove the carriage unit (See page 3-13).
2) Remove the tension spring [1] of the
linear scale.
[1]
Figure 3-210
3) Unlatch the hook [2] and remove the
linear scale [3].
Figure 3-211
CAUTION
When removing the linear scale, be
careful not to damage or stain it.
[2]
[3]
3. Installing the carriage belt
CAUTION
Install the carriage belt so that the belt
stopper and the carriage belt joint
surfaces are as shown in the figure
below.
1) Matching the belt stopper [1] and carriage
belt [2], insert the belt stopper into the
hole at the back side of the carriage.
2) Pull the carriage belt in the direction
shown in the figure below and check that
the belt stopper has been correctly in-
stalled.
Figure 3-208
OK
OK
NG
NG
NG
[1]
[2]
Figure 3-209
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–19
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–18
7) Peel off the fixing sheet [4] of the ferrite
core and remove the ferrite core [5].
9) Remove 5 screws [9] from the noise
protection sheet [8].
Figure 3-214
8) Remove 4 screws [6] and take off the
flexible cable cover [7].
Figure 3-216
10) Peel off the flexible cable [10] from the
flexible guide and remove the ferrite core
[11].
Figure 3-215Figure 3-217
CAUTION
Remove the double-faced tape com-
pletely, leaving no residue on the flex-
ible guide.
[8]
[9]
[4]
[5]
[7]
[6]
[10]
[11]
5. Replacing the flexible cable
1) Remove the image controller (See page 3-
32).
2) Remove the engine controller (See page
3-33).
3) Remove the right cover and left cover
(See page 3-7).
4) Remove the front cover and upper cover
(See page 3-7).
5) Unlatch the 4 hooks [1] and remove the
carriage cover [2].
6) Holding the green part, move the carriage
to the center and remove 2 connectors [3]
(J501, J502) of the flexible cable on the
carriage controller.
Figure 3-212
Figure 3-213
CAUTION
The flexible cables are fixed by a ferrite
core. When removing the flexible
cables, be careful not to damage them.[1]
[2]
[1]
[3]
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–21
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–20
III. PURGE UNIT 4) Cap the pipe [2] and the end of the waste
ink tube [2] using the waste ink tube caps
[3].
Figure 3-302
CAUTION
• Do not touch the wiper or caps.
• Since waste ink accumulates on the
bottom of the purge unit, hold the
sides of the purge unit when removing
it.
• Be careful not to spill the waste ink.
[3]
[2]
[2]1. Removing the purge unit
1) Remove the right cover (See page 3-7).
2) Open the front cover, and holding the
green part, move the carriage to the
center.
3) Remove the tube clamp [1] and discon-
nect the waste ink tube from the pipe [2].
Figure 3-301
[2][1]
[3]
11) Fold the new flexible cable as shown in
the figure below, and attach double-faced
tape to positions [A].
Figure 3-218
12) Stick double-faced tape over the flexible
guide and attach the new flexible cable,
aligning the mark [B] with the flexible
guide edge [12].
[A]
[12]
[B]
Figure 3-219
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–23
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–22
2. Removing the waste ink absorber
unit
1) Remove the right cover (See page 3-7).
2) Remove the lower cover (See page 3-8).
3) Remove the tube clamp [1] and discon-
nect the waste ink tube from the pipe [2].
5) Remove 2 screws [4].
Figure 3-307
6) Remove 2 screws [5] and remove the
waste ink absorber unit [6].
[5]
[6]
[4]
Figure 3-305
4) Cap the pipe [2] and the waste ink tube
with the waste ink tube cap [3].
[2][1]
[3]
[3]
[2]
[2]
Figure 3-306
CAUTION
When replacing the waste-ink absorber
unit, be sure to reset the waste-ink counter.
(For details, see "Chapter 5 II.C.2 Waste
ink counter reset" (P. 5-11).)
5) Disconnect 4 connectors [4] and remove
the wiring harness from the wiring harness
guide.
Figure 3-303
[4]
[4]
6) Remove 3 screws [5] and take off the
purge unit [6].
[5]
[6]
Figure 3-304
Figure 3-308
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–25
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–24
2. Removing the platen
1) Remove the pinch roller unit (See page 3-
24).
2) Remove the front cover and upper cover
(See page 3-7).
3) Remove 2 screw [1] and remove the left
stay [2].
Figure 3-405
4) Remove screws [3] (A0 size model: 16,
A1 size model: 10) and remove the platen
[4].
[A]
Figure 3-403
Figure 3-406
CAUTION
When removing the platen, be careful
not to damage the carriage belt and
linear scale.
[5]
Figure 3-404
[1][2]
[3]
[4]
IV. FEEDER UNIT
1. Removing the pinch roller unit
1) Remove the lower cover (See page 3-8).
2) Raise the paper release lever [1], remove
the E ring [2] and remove the paper
release lever.
Figure 3-401
3) Remove screws [5] (A0 size model: 14,
A1 size model: 8), and remove the pinch
roller unit [6].
[5]
[6]
[5]
Figure 3-402
[2]
[1]
CAUTION
• When installing the pinch roller shaft,
be careful about the position.
• Install the pinch roller unit with the
screws [A] of the pinch roller facing
upward (See Figure 3-403).
• When installing the pinch roller unit,
tighten the screws in order from the
left one at the back of the main unit
(See Figure 3-404).
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–27
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–26
5. Removing the PE sensor
1) Remove the platen (See page 3-25).
2) Remove the screw [1] and disconnect the
connector [2].
3) Remove the PE sensor [3].
4. Removing the paper feed roller
1) Remove the platen (See page 3-25).
2) Remove the lower cover (See page 3-8).
3) Remove the paper feed motor (See page
3-29).
4) Remove the paper feed roller [1].
Figure 3-408
[1]
[1]
[2] [3]
Figure 3-409
3. Installing the platen
1) Tighten screw [11] ([7] on the A1 size
model) temporarily.
2) Adjust the platen position so that the
screw hole [1] is aligned with the platen
hole and fix screw [1].
3) Fasten the screws from [2] to [14] ([2] to
[8] on the A1 size model) firmly in order.
4) Loosen screws [1] and [2], and lift up the
platen once while holding it at positions
[A] and [B] (to eliminate warp).
5) Fix screw [1] .
6) Fix screw [2].
7) Fix screw [15] and [16] ([9] and [10] on
the A1 size model).
< A0 size model >
Top view of platen
< A1 size model >
Top view of platen
CAUTION
In order to keep the platen flat, be sure
to install the platen using the sequence
given above.
Figure 3-407
[14] [12] [10] [8] [6] [4] [2] [16]
[B]
[A]
[B]
[A]
Hom
e po
sito
n si
de
Hom
e po
sito
n si
de
[13]
[8] [6] [4] [2]
[7] [5] [3] [1]
[9]
[10]
[11] [9] [7] [5] [3] [1]
[15]
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–29
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–28
2. Removing the paper feed motor
1) Remove the purge unit (See page 3-21).
2) Remove the platen (See page 3-25).
3) Remove the lower cover (See page 3-8).
4) Insert a straight blade screw driver into
the hole on the front side of the cabinet,
rotate the paper feed motor and loosen 3
set screws [1].
Figure 3-503
5) Remove 3 screws [2] and remove the
motor holder [3] from the bearing.
6) Disconnect the connector [4], rotate the
paper feed motor unit [5] and remove it.
Figure 3-504
7) Remove 4 screws [6] and remove the
paper feed motor [7].
Figure 3-505
[6]
[7]
[2][3]
[5]
[4]
[1]
V. DRIVING UNIT
1. Removing the carriage motor
1) Remove the right cover and left cover
(See page 3-7).
2) Remove the idler roller holder tension
spring [1], remove the the idler roller [2]
and idler roller holder [3] and loosen the
carriage belt.
3) Remove the PCB box (See page 3-34).
4) Remove 4 screws [4] and remove the
carriage motor [5].
Figure 3-501
Figure 3-502
CAUTION
When reassembling, face the carriage
motor connector upward.
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[4]
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–31
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–30
b. When the marks coincide with the set
screw position
1) Match the marks on the paper feed motor
side and paper feed roller side.
2) Tighten set screw [1] at the mark slightly.
3) Tighten set screws [2] and [3] slightly.
4) Loosen set screw [1].
5) Tighten set screws [2] and [3] firmly.
6) Tighten set screw [1] firmly.
Figure 3-508
CAUTION
In order to assure the paper feeding
accuracy, be sure to observe the above
sequence.
[1]
[3]
Sectional view of set screw position
[2]
Mark
3. Installing the paper feed motor
1) Install the paper feed motor on the motor
side board, pushing down the front of the
paper feed motor in the direction shown in
Figure 3-506, and tighten 3 screws [1].
4. Fastening the paper feed roller set
screws
a. When the marks are aligned between
the set screw positions
1) Match the marks on the paper feed motor
side and paper feed roller side.
2) Tighten 2 set screws [1] and [2] close to
the marks firmly.
3) Tighten the remaining screw [3] firmly.
[1]
Figure 3-506
CAUTION
In order to keep the platen flat, be sure
to install the paper feed motor as de-
scribed above.
[1]
[2][3]
paper feed roller side
paper feed motor side
Marking
Figure 3-507
CAUTION
In order to assure paper feeding accu-
racy, be sure to follow the above se-
quence.
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–33
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–32
2. Removing the engine controller
CAUTION
When replacing the engine controller,
see "Chapter 5 II. C. 3. Replacing the
image controller and engine controller"
(P. 5-11).)
1) Remove the image controller (See page 3-
32).
2) Remove 12 connectors [1] (J201, J202,
J203, J204, J206, J207, J208, J210, J211,
J212, J213, J214) and remove 3 screws
[2].
3) Remove 2 stays [3] and 2 washers [4] and
remove the engine controller [5].
[1]
[2][2]
[3][4]
[1]
[1]
[2]
[1]
[5]
[1]
VI. ELECTRICAL PART
1. Removing the image controller
[4]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[4]
2) Remove the connector [3] (CN602) and
remove 12 screws [4].
3) Remove the image controller [5].
CAUTION
When replacing the image controller,
see "Chapter 5 II. C. 3. Replacing the
image controller and engine controller"
(P. 5-11).)
[1]
[2]
Figure 3-601
1) Remove 4 screws [1] and remove the
cover plate [2].
Figure 3-602
Figure 3-603
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–35
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3–34
4. Removing the power switch
1) Remove the PCB box (See page 3-34).
2) Remove the screw with a crown washer
[1] and the 2 screws [2].
3) Disconnect connector [3] and remove the
power switch [4].
[2] [4 ]
[1]
[3]
Figure 3-608
5. Removing the DC power supply
1) Remove the power switch.
2) Disconnect the connector and the DC
power supply [3] after removing 4 screws
[2].
[1][2] [3] [2]
Figure 3-609
5) Remove 7 screws [5].
Figure 3-607
Figure 3-606
6) Remove the harness [6] and remove the
PCB box [7].
[7]
[6]
[5]
[5]
[5]
3. Removing the PCB box
1) Remove the right cover (See page 3-7).
2) Remove the engine controller (See page
3-33).
3) Remove the screw [1] and remove the
noise protection sheet [2].
Figure 3-604
4) Remove 5 screws [3] and remove the
mount plate [4].
Figure 3-605
[2] [1]
[3]
[4]
CHAPTER 4
MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING
I. PERIODIC PARTS REPLACEMENT ................ 4-1II. STANDARD SERVICE LIFE OF
CONSUMABLES ............................................... 4-1III. PERIODIC SERVICE ........................................ 4-1
IV. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION ................ 4-2A. Cleaning/Inspection Points .......................... 4-2B. Lubrication Points ........................................ 4-3
4–1
I. Periodic parts replacementThe printer contains no parts which require periodic replacement.
II. Standard service life of consumablesThe printer contains no parts which require replacement.
III. Periodic serviceThe printer contains no parts which require periodic service.
CHAPTER 4. MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING
CHAPTER 4. MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING
4–3
CHAPTER 4. MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING
4–2
B. Lubrication Points
[2] [2]
[1]
Figure 4-402
No.
[1]
[2]
Position
Paper feed motor gear
Grit roller bearing
Remarks
Apply approx. 500mg of grease uniformaly to the tooth
surfaces.
Apply approx. 40mg of grease to each bearing surface.
Lubricant
Permalub G2
Permalub G2
Table 4-402
IV. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTIONA. Cleaning/Inspection Points
Service/caution
Feed the paper until the stains are removedfrom it.
Clean
Check or replace
Clean
Remove paper chips and dust.
Parts
Pinch roller
Platen
Waste ink absorber unit
Cover
Cut groove
Cleaning Tool
Plain paper (A1 or A0)
Moistened cloth
—
Moistened cloth
Moistened swab
Figure 4-401
Table 4-401
No.
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[2][3]
[1]
[4]
[5]
CHAPTER 5
TROUBLESHOOTING
I. SERVICE MODE ............................................... 5-1A. Outline .......................................................... 5-1B. Service Mode Operation .............................. 5-1C. Service Mode Map ....................................... 5-2D. Service Mode ............................................... 5-3
II. ADJUSTMENTS AND SETTINGS .................... 5-9A. About Adjustments and Settings .................. 5-9B. Items for Adjustment and Setting ................. 5-9C. Adjustment and Setting Procedures ........... 5-10
III. ERROR/WARNING CODES ........................... 5-18A. Outline ....................................................... 5-18B. List of Error and Warning Codes ............... 5-18
IV. CORRECTION OF OPERATION DEFECTS .. 5-32V. CORRECTION OF IMAGE DEFECTS ............ 5-43
A. Initial Inspection ......................................... 5-43B. Corrective Procedures for Image Defects .. 5-44
VI. ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ARRANGEMENT/FUNCTIONS ................................................... 5-53A. Sensors and Switches ............................... 5-53B. Motors, Fans, and Solenoids ..................... 5-54C. Logic boards .............................................. 5-55D. Engine Controller ....................................... 5-56E. Image Controller ........................................ 5-57
5–1
B. Service Mode Operation1. How to enter the service mode
1) While pressing the up and down arrow
keys, turn ON the power switch.
2) Confirm the "Initializing" message is
indicated on the message display, then
release the key.
• When you enter the service mode, the
green and orange LEDs blink alter-
nately.
3) Press the Online key to show "Main
menu".
4) Press the left or right arrow key to show
"SERVICE MODE", and press the down
arrow key to select.
• "SERVICE MODE" is between "System
Setup" and "Internal Print" on the main
menu.
5) Press the left or right arrow key to display
the mode to be checked or adjusted (see
Table 5-501), then select it with the down
arrow key.
• The name of the mode selected moves to
the upper line of the message display.
6) Check or adjust.
2. Stopping the service mode
Turn OFF the power switch.
Mode DescriptionDISPLAY • Printing service mode settings
• Display warning code history
• Display error code history
• Display machine model
• Display machine internal
temperature
• Display compensated temperatureof the head temperature sensor (Bk/C/M/Y).
• Display the detected paper size.
(Paper feed direction/carriagedirection)
ADJUST • Adjustment and printing of
confirmation pattern
• Adjustment in paper feed (Paperfeed accuracy compensation value)
FUNCTION • Operation panel LED/LCD
lighting check
• Operation panel key check
COUNTER • Waste-ink counter display
• Carriage drive time display
INITIALIZE • Initialization of waste-ink counter
• Initialization of carriage drive time
• Initialization of warning historyand error history
• Transmitting EEPROM data on theengine controller to the imagecontroller.
I. Service modeA. Outline
For the purpose of adjustment in the field,
5 service modes are provided as shown
below.
Table 5-101
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5–35–2
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
D. Service Mode1. Control display mode
• Display items: Left or right arrow key
• Select an item: Down arrow key
• Execute an item: Enter key
• Reset the mode: Up arrow key
Name of item Contents
PRINT INF
SYSTEM
WARNING
ERROR
Remarks
Printing of service-related data
System display
Warning code history display
Error code history display
The following are printed.• Warning history• Error history• Adjusting value• Counter value
See Table 5-502 (P.5-4).
The last 20 warning codes aredisplayed (smaller history numbersare newer.)
The last 20 error codes aredisplayed (smaller history numbersare newer).
D I S P L A Y P R I N T I N F
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
∆
C. Service Mode MapThe hierarchy of service mode items is as shown below.
Refer to "D. Service Mode" for details on each item.
The service mode items are displayed in English regardless of which language is selected.
[A]
[A]Main Menu
Print Operation
System Setup
SERVICE MODE
Internal Print
DISPLAY
∆
PRINT INF Yes No
∆
ADJUST
∆
PRINT PATTERN Scale Test Print
∆
X-SCALE -32 : 0 : 32
∆
FUNCTION
∆PANEL LED/LCD
PANEL KEY
COUNTER
∆
W-INK: 000000* Dot count (indicated value x 10,000)
T-PLOT: 000000*Carriage drive time
W-INK: 000000* Dot count (indicated value x 10,000)
T-PLOT: 000000*Carriage drive time
I/C EEPROM
E/C EEPROM
INITIALIZE
∆
WARNING 01: Wxxxxx : : 20: Wxxxxx
∆
ERROR 01: Exxxxx : : 20: Exxxxx
∆
SYSTEMTYPE: AxTMP: 000.0˚CH-TMP K1:000.0˚CH-TMP K2:000.0˚CH-TMP C: 000.0˚CH-TMP M: 000.0˚CH-TMP Y: 000.0˚CP-SIZE X:0000.00P-SIZE Y:0000.00
∆
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5–55–4
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
2. Adjusting mode
• Display items and change values: Left or right arrow key
• Select an item: Down arrow key
• Registration of values and execution of actions: Enter key
• Reset mode or item: Up arrow key
A D J U S T P R I N T P A T T E R N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
∆
*: The paper feed accuracy compensation value adjustment pattern may not be adjustable, since the pattern cannotbe printed in the paper feed direction if the Auto Layout/Rotation are set. Adjustment is also difficult if Scale/YMirror are set. Therefore, return the settings of "Auto Layout", "Scale", "Rotation", and "Y Mirror" to theirdefault values. (See P. 5-13.)
Indicates the engine controllerSW201 setting.
Units: °C
Units: °C(Proper value: 0±80°C)
Units: mm
Units: mm
Name of item Contents
< "System" details >
A0/A1 size model
Internal temperature
Compensated temperature of the head temperature sensor(Bk)
Unused
Compensated temperature of head temperature sensor (C)
Compensated temperature of head temperature sensor (M)
Compensated temperature of head temperature sensor (Y)
Detected size of set media (paper feed direction)
Detected size of set media (carriage direction)
TYPE
TMP
H-TMP K1
H-TMP K2
H-TMP C
H-TMP M
H-TMP Y
P-SIZE X
P-SIZE Y
Remarks
Table 5-102
Output of paper feed accuracycompensation value adjustmentpattern
Output of test pattern
The magnification in paper feeddirection decreases by decreasingthe value (units: 1 dot).
Scale*
Test Print
-32~32
Adjustments and output of confir-mation pattern
Adjustment in paper feed direction(Paper feed accuracy compensationvalue adjustment pattern)
RemarksValueContentsName of item
PRINT PATTERN
X-SCALE
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5–75–6
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
4. Counter mode
• Indication of items: Left or right arrow key
• Reset the mode: Up arrow key
C O U N T E R W - I N K : 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
W-INK
T-PLOT
Waste ink counter display
Carriage drive time display
Counted dot value ( x 10,000)
Units: hours
RemarksContentsName of item
3. Operation/inspection mode
• Display an item: Left or right arrow key
• Execute an item: Enter key
• Reset mode or item: Up arrow key
PANEL LED/LCD
PANEL KEY
Check LED/LCD on the operationpanel
Key check on operation panel.
Indicates as shown below for about 5 seconds.• LED blinks (2 colors of LED blink alternately).• LCD character cells blink alternately.
Make sure that "Key Check Mode" is indicated, thenand press each key (excluding the up arrow key) onthe operation panel. The symbols corresponding tothe pressed keys (see Table 5-103) are indicated.
F U N C T I O N P A N E L L E D / L C D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Operation/RemarksContentsName of item
Indication
F1
F2
↓
←
→
Key
Online
Enter
Down arrow
Left arrow
Right arrow
Table 5-103
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5–95–8
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
W-INK
T-PLOT
I/C EEPROM
E/C EEPROM
Initialization of waste ink counter
Initialization of carriage drive time
Initialization of warning history and error history
Transmitting EEPROM data on the engine controllerto the EEPROM on the image controller.
5. Initialization mode
• Display items: Left or right arrow key
• Initialization of counter: Down arrow key + Enter key
• Reset the mode: Up arrow key
I N I T I A L I Z E W - I N K : 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Set the counter value to 0. (Usedwhen the waste ink absorber unit isreplaced.)
Set the carriage drive time value to0.
Clear the warning history and errorhistory. During the initializingprocess (for about 0.5 seconds), "*"mark is indicated after the itemname.
During the rewriting process (forabout 0.5 seconds), "*" mark isindicated after the item name.(Used when replacing the enginecontroller. Refer to "Replacing theengine controller", P.5-12.)
Name of item Contents Remarks
II. ADJUSTMENTS AND SETTINGSA. About Adjustments and Settings
The message display language (Factory setting: English) can be changed using the operation
panel keys, corresponding to each sales territory.
There are no parts that require mechanical adjustment when assembling them as described in
the service manual.
However, the settings, adjustments, and service described below are required.
1. If the paper thickness adjustment lever is changed, perform the automatic printing position
adjustment.
2. When the parts that may affect printing accuracy (such as those in the carriage or paper
feed section) are disassembled, perform the automatic printing position adjustment and
automatic band adjustment.
3. When replacing the waste ink absorber unit, be sure to clear the waste ink counter.
4. Both the image controller and engine controller cannot be replaced at the same time, or the
stored settings will be lost. Be sure to follow the proper procedures when replacing them.
5. The paper feed accuracy compensation value adjustment can be performed to achieve
higher precision printing.
6. If the data reception lamp does not light when data is being transferred, check the parallel
interface communication mode setting. If necessary, switch the setting.
7. The image controller and engine controller can be upgraded by downloading new firm-
ware.
B. Items for Adjustment and Setting1. Automatic printing position adjustment and automatic band adjustment
2. Waste ink counter reset
3. Image controller and engine controller replacement procedures
4. Paper feed accuracy compensation value adjustment method
5. Parallel interface communication mode setting method
6. Image controller and engine controller upgrade procedures
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5–115–10
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
1. Automatic printing position adjustment and automatic band adjustment (User-
settable)
Select and execute the "Auto Adjust" or "Auto Band-adj." from the "Adjustment" menu
within the Main menu. (See P. 1-15.)
2. Waste ink counter reset (for exclusive use in service mode)
Select and execute "W-INK" from the "INITIALIZE" menu of the service mode.
3. Replacing the image controller and engine controller
3.1 Cautions
1) The image controller and engine controller must not be replaced at the same time. The
EEPROM on the engine controller stores data on waste ink amount, carriage driving time
and others. Before replacing the engine controller, the data must be transferred into the
EEPROM of the image controller, and then be automatically updated through internal
communication. Therefore, the two controllers cannot be replaced simultaneously.
2) After replacing the image controller or engine controller, check the firmware version in
the "Information" mode of the "System Setup" menu within the Main menu. If the
version is outdated, it will be necessary to update the firmware to the newest version.
(See P. 5-16.)
3.2 Replacing the image controller
When the image controller is replaced, the user settings set up using the operation panel
are lost. Therefore, if the same settings need to be made after the replacement, execute
the following procedure.
1) Before replacing the controller, print the "Setup List" of the "Internal Print" menu within
the Main menu from the operating panel. (See pages 1-24 to 1-26.)
2) Replace the image controller. (See P. 3-32.)
3) Reset the values in the "Setup List".
C. Adjustment and Setting ProceduresSome of the adjustments and settings must be carried out after the machine has been booted
up in the specific methods described below.
Mode Operating procedure
Service mode Turn on the power while pressing both the Up
arrow and Down arrow keys.
Firmware download mode Turn on the power while pressing both the Right
arrow and Left arrow keys.
Parallel interface communication select modeTurn on the power while pressing both the
ONLINE and ENTER keys.
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5–135–12
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
4. Paper feed accuracy compensation
value adjustment
Media feed accuracy can be adjusted as
follows.
1) Set up the service mode and select the
"ADJUST" mode.
2) Load a cut sheet larger than A3.
3) Use the left or right arrow key to display
"PRINT PATTERN" and then press the
down arrow key.
4) Make sure that "Scale" is displayed, then
press the ENTER key.
• The scaling adjustment pattern will be
printed.
• While printing, the message is followed
by a "*" mark.
PRINT PATTERN
Scale*
Figure 5-201
6) If the measured value does not satisfy the
specified value, change the value of "X-
SCALE" in the ADJUST mode.
• Setting range: -32 to 32• To change the value: Left and right
arrow keys.• Value registration: ENTER key
X-SCALE
00*
REFERENCE:• Changing the value by 1 changes the
length of the adjustment in the X axis
direction by 1 dot (about 0.07mm).
• When the value is increased, the line
becomes longer, and by decreasing the
value, the line becomes shorter.
7) Repeat steps 2) through 6) until the
specified value is satisfied.
8) Turn OFF the power switch to leave the
service mode.
CAUTION
Black Scale 15inch Scale 380mm
3.3 Replacing the engine controller
Before replacing the engine controller, the data such as the waste ink amount, carriage
driving time, and paper feed accuracy compensation value stored in the EEPROM of the
engine controller must be copied into the EEPROM of the image controller, and then be
automatically updated through internal communication.
The procedure is as follows.
1) Access the service mode, and select "INITIALIZE".
2) Display "E/C EEPROM" in the message display.
3) While holding the Down arrow key, press the ENTER key. The engine controller
EEPROM data is copied into the EEPROM of the image controller.
While the data is being transferred, a "*" mark is displayed to the right of the "E/C
EEPROM" display.
4) After the "*" mark has disappeared, turn off the power, and unplug the power cord.
5) Replace the engine controller. (See P. 3-33.)
At this time, be sure to check SW201 (model switch) on the new engine controller.
<Switching of the model>
On the engine controller, the model selection is determined by the jumper (SW201).
* A0 model: No jumper
* A1 model: Jumper installed
6) Run the "Auto Adjust" and "Auto Band Adj." of the "Adjustment" menu within the Main
menu, and check whether the printing is correct.
CAUTION
If the precision of the printing becomes worse after replacing the engine controller, the
replacement procedure may not have been followed correctly, or the EEPROM data may not
have been successfully updated.
In this case, be sure to check that the paper feed accuracy compensation value ("X-SCALE"
of the "ADJUST" menu within the service mode) matches the H/W X value written on the
label attached to the left frame (remove the left cover to see the label).
If they don't match, set the printer to the value written on the label.
If they do match, perform the procedure described in "10. Dimensional accuracy problems"
of "V. Corrective Procedures for Image Defects". (See P. 5-51.)
The paper feed accuracy compensation
value adjustment pattern may not be
adjustable, since the pattern cannot be
printed in the paper feed direction if the
Auto Layout/Rotation are set.
Adjustment is also difficult if Scale/Y
Mirror are set. Therefore, return the
settings of "Auto Layout", "Scale",
"Rotation", and "Y Mirror" to their
default values.
5) Measure the length of the printed scale
adjustment pattern in the paper feed direction.
• Specified value: 380±0.5mm
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5–155–14
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5. Changing the parallel interface
communication mode
With some types of computers which com-
municate in the compatible mode, the timing of
the Busy and Ack signals may need to be
changed as the communication may not be
done correctly.
In most computers, communication can be
carried out normally using the "A-B (Default)"
setting. However, if the data reception indica-
tor on the printer does not light up when data is
transferred, the communication mode should be
switched by following the procedure below.
1) Turn OFF the power switch.
2) While pressing both the ONLINE and
ENTER keys, turn ON the power switch
to display the "Parallel Interface Commu-
nication select Mode."
• Confirm that "Busy-Ack" is displayed on
the message display and release the keys.
Busy-Ack
A-B (Default)
3) Press the left or right arrow key to display
the desired communication mode.
4) Press the ENTER key to confirm the
displayed mode.
• When a "*" mark is displayed after the
name of communication mode, execute
the initial operation and return to the
normal menu.
Busy-Ack
A-B (Default)*
Initializing
REFERENCE:Relationship between the Busy and Ack
signals in each communication mode :
Figure 5-203
Busy
Ack
• A - B (Default) [Ack-in-Busy]
4080ns
Busy
Ack
• A - B - A [Ack-while-Busy]
3264ns3264ns
Busy
Ack
• B - A [Ack-after-Busy]
3264ns3264ns
Busy
Ack
• A - B (Fast) [Ack-in-Busy(fast)]
1200ns
Figure 5-202
H/W X
H/W Y
H/W B
CAUTION
When changing the paper feed accuracy compensation value ("X-SCALE" value), be sure to
write the new value in the "H/W X" item on the label attached to the left frame (under the
left cover). At the factory, each printer is adjusted and the value is written on this label.
Figure 5-202 shows the label on the left panel of the printer.
(In this printer, the "H/W Y" and "H/W B" adjustments are not used.)
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5–175–16
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
• Upon completion of data reception, one
of the following messages is displayed.
a: For both the image controller and
engine controller :
I:XX.XX E:XX.XX
[Press Online Ke
[Press Online Key to Write File on Flash]
b: For only the image controller :
I/C XX.X →XX.XX
[Press Online Ke
[Press Online Key to Write File on Flash]
c: For only the engine controller :
E/C XX.XX →XX XX
[Press Online Ke
[Press Online Key to Write File on Flash]
9) Press the ONLINE key
• Data in the flash memory is erased,
written and verified. During this
process, the following messages are
displayed :
Download Mode
I/C Erasing..
Download Mode
I/C Writing..
Download Mode
I/C Verifying..
Download Mode
E/C Erasing..
Download Mode
E/C Writing..
Download Mode
E/C Verifying..
Download Mode
[Update Complete]
[Update Completed: Turn Power Off!!]
Do not turn OFF the power switch of the
printer or computer during the download
operation as there is a possibility that the
firmware will not start up.
If the power is accidentally switched off
at the wrong time, turn on the printer
and the computer, and download the
firmware again. If the printer cannot be
started up, replace the PCB that you
tried to download the firmware to.
10) Turn OFF the power switch of the
printer.
11) Turn ON the power switch of the printer.
Check the firmware version and whether
the printer operates normally.
CAUTION
6. Image controller/engine controller
upgrade procedure
Upgrade the image controller and/or
engine controller by downloading the
firmware following the procedure below.
1) Turn OFF the power switches of the
printer and computer.
2) Connect the machine and computer using
a parallel interface cable.
3) While pressing both the right and left
arrow keys, turn ON the power switch of
the printer.
• Make sure that "Download Mode.." is
displayed on the message display and
release the keys.
Initializing
Download Mode..
• After initialization is finished, the
following message is displayed and the
download mode is selected.
Download Mode
[Send File to Pa
[Send File to Parallel Port]
4) Turn ON the power switch of the com-
puter.
5) Insert the disk (containing the new
firmware) into the disk drive.
6) Select the name of the drive in which the
disk was inserted.
7) Type the following from the command
prompt (when the computer output port
LPT1 has been selected).
COPY/B file name LPT1:
8) Press the RETURN key.
• Data transmission from the computer to
the printer starts.
• When data reception starts, the data
reception light on the printer lights up.
"Receiving.." is displayed on the mes-
sage display.
Download Mode
Receiving..
• When the printer identifies the version of
the data being transmitted, it displays
the version as follows on the message
display.
a: For both the image controller and
engine controller :
I:XX.XX E:XX.XX
Receiving..
b. For only the image controller :
I/C Ver.XX.XX
Receiving..
c. For only the engine controller :
E/C Ver.XX.XX
Receiving..
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5–195–18
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
• Errors and warning codes
The errors and warning codes are shown below.
Detailed information on the codes (meaning, detecting timing, major causes) are described in
the following pages.
Codes * Diagnostic part
001xx Media/feeding system
003xx Drive system
004xx BJ Print head system
005xx Ink tank system
007xx Purge system
008xx Cutter system
011xx Engine controller internal error
012xx Internal communication system
015xx Power supply related
021xx User-adjusted system
051xx Image controller internal error
052xx Serial interface communication system
053xx Parallel interface communication system
060xx Internal data processing system
061xx GL command system
062xx GL2 command system
063xx RTL command system
064xx ESC command system
065xx PJL command system
067xx TIFF command system
097xx Direct error code from the image controller
098xx Direct error code from the engine controller
* The codes above indicate the five right-most digits. In the actual displays, the code "E" (error) or "W" (warn-ing) is added at the left.
III. ERROR/WARNING
CODESA. Outline
This machine has a self-diagnostic
function by means of the engine controller
and image controller. Diagnosis is carried
out as required.
If a problem is detected, a code or symbol
and a message indicating the type of problem
are indicated on the message display of the
operation panel.
Problems with the printer are classified
into errors and warnings as shown below.
Error:
A state in which the printer stops
operating and cannot return to normal
operation until the cause of the trouble
is removed.
Warning:
A state in which the machine does not
stop operating, and can continue without
removing the cause of the problem.
However, the printed image may be
influenced.
B. List of Error and Warning
Codes
• Error/warning code configuration
Figure 5-301
CAUTION
• For the code descriptions, since the
codes enclosed with ( ) are displayed
as messages, the codes themselves are
not displayed. However, in the
"WARNING" and "ERROR" areas in
the service mode, the last 20 codes,
including the codes enclosed with ( ),
are displayed.
6thdigit
Alphabetic
W:WarningE :Error
Origin001~099
Details00~99
Numeric
5thdigit 4thdigit 3rddigit 2nddigit 1stdigit
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5–215–20
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
• Improper loading of media• Defective media• Defective media sensor (PS9)• Defective carriage controller• Defective engine controller
• Defective media• Defective media sensor (PS9)• Defective linear encoder (PS8)• Defective linear scale• Defective carriage controller• Defective engine controller
• Media was removed duringoperation.
• Defective media• Defective PE sensor (PS6)• Defective paper feed motor (M1)• Defective engine controller
• Defective media• Defective media sensor (PS9)• Defective carriage controller• Defective engine controller
(W00161)
E00162
E00164
E00165
E00169
• Media sensor (PS9)detected skewed feed ofroll media exceeding thespecified value.
• Media sensor (PS9)detected skewed feed ofcut sheet media exceedingthe specified value.
• Media sensor (PS9)cannot detect the rightedge of the media.
• Media sensor (PS9)cannot detect the left edgeof the media.
• Defective detection ofmedia width.
• PE sensor (PS6) detecteda media length less than80mm.
• Media sensor (PS9) couldnot identify black.
• Media sensor (PS9) couldnot identify white.
• When skewed feeding isdetected.
• At the time of mediawidth measurement
• At the time of mediaskewed feed detection
• Media sensor (PS9)detected media widthbelow 250mm.
• While loading in the cutsheet media mode
• At the time of mediasensor compensation
Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause
• PE sensor (PS6) detectedthe roll media trailingedge.
• Media sensor (PS9)cannot detect the medialeading edge.
• PE sensor (PS6) cannotdetect the cut sheettrailing edge.
• Media sensor (PS9)missed the media.
• Carriage cannot move.
• The PE sensor (PS6)detected the cut sheettrailing edge earlier thanthe size detected by themachine.
• No roll media• Defective PE sensor (PS6)• Defective engine controller
• Media was removed duringoperation.
• Media jam• Defective media• Defective media sensor (PS9)• Defective carriage controller• Defective paper feed motor (M1)• Defective engine controller
• Media jam• Improper loading of media• Defective media• Defective PE sensor (PS6)• Defective paper feed motor (M1)• Defective engine controller
• Media was removed duringoperation.
• Media jam• Defective media• Defective media sensor (PS9)• Defective carriage controller• Defective engine controller
• Media jam• Improper installation of carriage
belt• Defective carriage motor (M2)• Defective linear encoder (PS8)• Defective linear scale• Defective carriage controller• Defective engine controller
• Media was removed duringoperation.
• Defective PE sensor (PS6)• Defective paper feed motor (M1)• Defective engine controller
(W00111)
E00151
E00152
E00153
E00154
E00156
• While loading (roll mediamode)
• While printing (rollmedia mode)
• When detecting the medialeading edge
• When detecting mediatrailing edge
• At the time of mediasensor compensation
• At the time of medialeading edge detection
• At the time of mediawidth measurement
• While loading• While printing (except for
auto cut operation)• While the carriage is
returning, except forabove cases (except forcutting operation)
• While printing
Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause
1. 001xx (Media/feeding system)
Refer to "CORRECTION OF OPERATION DEFECTS" (P. 5-32) for remedies.
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5–235–22
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
3. 004xx (BJ Print head system)
• There is no BJ print head.• Improper installation of BJ print
head• Defective BJ print head• Defective flexible cable inside
the carriage unit• Defective carriage controller• Defective engine controller
• Defective BJ print head• Defective flexible cable inside
the carriage unit• Defective media sensor (Internal
temperature detection function)• Defective carriage controller• Defective engine controller
(E00401) *2
(W00402) *3
(W00403) *3
(W00404) *3
(E00451) *4
(E00452) *4
(E00453) *4
(E00454) *4
(E00461) *4
(E00462) *4
(E00463) *4
(E00464) *4
(E00471) *4
(E00472) *4
(E00473) *4
(E00474) *4
(E00481) *4
(E00482) *4
(E00483) *4
(E00484) *4
• No BJ print head
• Abnormal head rank• The front cover was
closed while the BJprint head wasremoved.
• Abnormal headtemperature control
• Abnormal headtemperaturecompensation
• Abnormal headcooling control
Code *1 Meaning Detection timing Major cause
• During initial operation
• Constant detection• At the time of BJ print
head replacement
• Too much time requiredfor head temperatureadjustment
• When head temperaturecompensation is abnor-mal.
• After abnormal BJ printhead temperature isdetected, the print headhas not cooled to thetemperature controllableeven after operation hasstopped for 40 seconds.
* 1: Last digit of the code represents ink color. (1=BK, 2=C, 3=M, 4=Y)* 2: When an error occurs, an applicable print head is displayed as [ _ ] (blinking) on the message display.* 3: When an error occurs, an applicable print head is displayed as [ _ ] on the message display.* 4: When an error occurs, an applicable print head is displayed as [ ? ] on the message display.
2. 003xx (Drive system)
• Improper installation of carriagebelt
• Defective carriage home positionsensor (PS2)
• Defective carriage motor (M2)• Defective linear encoder (PS8)• Defective linear scale• Defective carriage controller• Defective engine controller
• Operation mistake• Defective carriage motor (M2)• Defective linear encoder (PS8)• Defective carriage controller• Defective engine controller
E00311
E00312
E00313
• During initial operation• During purging operation• When the carriage is
moving backward for areason other than above(except for cuttingoperation)
• When carriage cannotstop at a normal position.
• When front cover is open,carriage moves backwardmore than 20 mm fromthe stop position.
• Carriage does not oper-ate.
• Carriage does not stop ata normal position.
• Carriage stopsabnormally.
Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5–255–24
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
6. 008xx (Cutter system)
• No cutter• Improper installation of cutter• Defective cutter• Improper media sensor (PS9)• Defective carriage controller• Defective engine controller
• Cutter jam• Defective cutter• Defective carriage motor (M2)• Defective linear sensor (PS8)• Defective linear scale• Defective carriage controller• Defective engine controller
• Operation mistake• Defective carriage motor (M2)• Defective linear encoder (PS8)• Defective carriage controller• Defective engine controller
E00801
E00811
E00841
• While detecting themedia leading edge afterbeing cut.
• While cutting
• When the front cover isopen, carriage movedforward more than 20mmfrom the stop positionunexpectedly.
• Media could not be cut.
• Carriage cannot operate.
• Carriage stopsabnormally.
Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause
7. 011xx (Engine controller)
• Defective engine controllerE01102
E01135
• Constant• Failed initialization ofEEPROM
• Failed reading fromEEPROM
• Failed writing toEEPROM
• EEPROM checksumerror
• EEPROM data damage
Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause
4. 005xx (Ink tank system)
• No ink tank• Improper installation of ink tank• Defective ink tank• Defective ink tank detection
sensor (PS4)• Defective engine controller
• No ink• Defective remaining ink level
sensor (PS3)• Defective engine controller
• No ink in the ink chamber• Defective remaining ink level
sensor (PS3)• Defective engine controller
(E00501)
(E00502)
(E00503)
(E00504)
(E00511)
(W00512)
(W00513)
(W00514)
(W00521)
(W00522)
(W00523)
(W00524)
• At the time of the homeposition detection
• After suction• After completion of
printing
• After suction• After completion of
printing operation
• The ink tank sensor (PS4)cannot detect the ink tank(no ink tank).
• Remaining ink levelcount reached the speci-fied value for no ink
• Remaining ink countdetected no ink in the inkchamber.
Code * Meaning Detection timing Major cause
• Defective pump position sensor(PS1)
• Defective purge motor (M3)• Defective engine controller
• Full waste ink absorber unit• Waste ink counter was cleared in
the service mode.• Defective engine controller
• Purge unit does not returnto the pump position eventhough the purge unitpump position detectionoperation was repeated 3times.
• After suction
• Pump position cannot bedetected.
• Waste ink counterreached the specifiedvalue for full waste inkabsorber unit.
• Waste ink counterreached the specifiedvalue for approximatelyfull.
E00701
E00711
(W00721)
Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause
* First digit of the code represents ink color. (1=BK, 2=C, 3=M, 4=Y)
5. 007xx (Purge system)
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5–275–26
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
12. 052xx (Serial interface communication system)
11. 051xx (Image controller)
13. 053xx (Parallel interface communication system)
• Defective DRAM• Defective added memory• Defective image controller
E05102
E05105
E05106
• Constant• No EEPROM• Error writing to
EEPROM
• No on board DRAM• Abnormal onboard
DRAM
• Abnormal added Memory
Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause
• Improper communication settingwith the computer
• Defective image controller
• While data is beingreceived
• I/F buffer overflow
• Overrun
• Framing error
• Parity error
E05211
E05221
E05222
E05223
Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause
• Improper communication settingwith the computer
• Defective image controller
• While data is beingreceived
• I/F buffer overflowE05311
Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause
8. 012xx (Internal communication system)
10. 021xx (User-adjusted system)
9. 015xx (Power supply related)
• ConstantE01219 • Abnormal communica-tion between enginecontroller and imagecontroller
• Defective engine controller• Defective image controller
Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause
• Fan rotation signal(FANSTS) cannot bedetected while the coolingfan (FM2) is rotating
E01501 • Cooling fan (FM2) is notrotating.
• Defective cooling fan (FM2)• Defective engine controller
Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause
• During media sensorcompensation whenadjustment menu is beingexecuted
• During loading whileautomatic adjustment isbeing executed
E02101
E02102
E02103
• Abnormal compensationvalue of media sensor(PS9)
• Abnormal adjustmentvalue
• Media too small
• Defective media sensor (PS9)• Defective carriage controller• Defective engine controller
• Improper media size• Defective PE sensor (PS6)• Defective media sensor (PS9)• Defective carriage controller• Defective engine controller
Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5–295–28
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
15. 061xx (GL command system)
16. 062xx (GL2 command system)
17. 063xx (RTL command system)
• While data is beinganalyzed
W06100
W06111
W06120
W06121
• Unsupported command
• Incorrect number ofparameters
• Necessary parameters inthe command are omitted.
• Incorrect data range
• Incorrect data from computer• Defective image controller
Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause
• While data is beinganalyzed
W06200
W06211
W06220
W06221
• Improper communication datafrom computer
• Defective image controller
Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause
• Unsupported command
• Incorrect number ofparameters
• Necessary parameters inthe command are omitted.
• Incorrect data range
• While data is beinganalyzed
W06300
W06301
W06311
W06320
W06321
• Unsupported command
• Invalid data other thannull or FF (HEX) contin-ued for more than 20bytes.
• Incorrect number ofparameters
• Necessary parameters inthe command are omitted.
• Incorrect data range
• Improper communication datafrom computer
• Defective image controller
Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause
14. 060xx (Internal data processing system)
• While data is beinganalyzed
• While data is beinganalyzed
• While data is beinganalyzed
• While data is beinganalyzed
• Immediately beforeprinting
W06011
W06012
W06013
W06021
W06022
W06023
W06031
(W06041)
• Data missing due toinsufficient memory
• Missing data whileanalyzing TIFF data
• Data missing due toinsufficient memory(When being copied,second pages onwards)
• Print data exceeds theprintable area of the paperset up.
• Image data could not berotated.
• Printing in monochromemode since there are nocolor BJ print head/printheads (Y, M and C).
• Insufficient memory• Defective setting of parallel
interface communication mode• Defective image controller
• Insufficient memory
• Defective communication datafrom computer
• Improper setting for parallelinterface communication mode
• Defective image controller
• Insufficient memory• Defective image controller
• No color BJ print head/s (Y, Mand C)
• Improper installation of BJ printhead
• Defective BJ print head• Defective flexible cable inside
the carriage unit• Defective carriage controller• Defective engine controller
Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5–315–30
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
21. 097xx (Direct error code from the image controller)
22. 098xx (Direct error code from the engine controller)
• Defective image controller• Constant• Undefined error on imagecontroller
E097xx*
Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause
• Defective engine controller• Constant• Undefined error onengine controller
E098xx*
Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause
* The last 2 digits of the code are hexadecimal.
* The last 2 digits of the code are hexadecimal.
18. 064xx (ESC command system)
19. 065xx (PJL command system)
20. 067xx (TIFF command system)
• While data is beinganalyzed.
W06400
W06411
W06420
W06421
• Unsupported command
Incorrect number ofparameters
• Necessary parameters inthe command are omitted.
• Incorrect data range
• Improper communication datafrom computer
• Defective image controller
Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause
• While data is beinganalyzed.
W06500
W06511
W06520
W06521
• Unsupported command
• Incorrect number ofparameters
• Necessary parameters inthe command are omitted.
• Incorrect data range
• Improper communication datafrom computer
• Defective image controller
Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause
• While data is beinganalyzed
• Improper communication datafrom computer
• Defective image controller
Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause
• Unsupported command
• Improper parameter range
• Unsupported parameter
• Unsupported compressionwas designated.
• Unsupported color wasdesignated.
W06700
W06721
W06760
W06761
W06762
23. 099xx (Others)
• Defective firmware• When error occurs• Unexpected errorE09999
Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5–335–32
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
Check for foreign substance, orsome part in contact with the railsurface.
Reinstall correctly.
Check the wiring for the carriagehome position sensor (PS2). Ifcorrect, replace the purge unit.
Replace the motor.
Completed.
Completed.
Check the wiring from the carriagecontroller to the engine controller.If correct, replace the enginecontroller.
2. 003xx (Drive system)
NO
NO
YES
NO
YES
YES
NO
Can the carriage be movedsmoothly by hand?
Is the carriage belt correctly installed?
Move the carriage onto the platenand turn ON the power switch.Does the carriage move to the homeposition?
Turn OFF the power switch andunplug the power cord from theoutlet. Disconnect connector J201on the engine controller.Set the tester range to x10 andconnect the leads of the tester to theharness terminals on the motor sideas shown in the table below. Arethe resistance values correct?
Is the trouble corrected by replac-ing the linear scale?
Is the trouble corrected by replac-ing the carriage unit?
Step Result RemedyCheck itemProblem/Unit
Foreign substance onrail
Carriage belt
Carriage homeposition sensor
Carriage motor (M2)
Linear scale
Linear encoder (PS8)
Carriage controller
Engine controller
1
2
3
4
5
6
+
J201-3
J201-5
J201-1
J201-1
J201-2
J201-2
Resistance value
Approx. 4.8W
Approx. 4.8W
Approx. 2.4W
Approx. 2.4W
Approx. 2.4W
Approx. 2.4W
-
J201-4
J201-6
J201-3
J201-4
J201-5
J201-6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
YES
NO
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
Remove media jam.
Instruct the user to load the mediacorrectly according to the specifiedmedia loading procedure.
Instruct the user to use recom-mended media.
Refer to "Table 2. 003xx (Drivesystem)" (P.5-33).
Refer to "Media is not fed" (P.5-42).
Proceed to step 7.
Proceed to step 8.
Completed.
Check the wiring from the sensor tothe engine controller. If correct,replace the engine controller.
Completed.
Check the wiring from the sensor tothe carriage controller and from thecarriage controller to the enginecontroller. If correct, replace theengine controller.
Step Result RemedyCheck item
IV. CORRECTION OF OPERATION DEFECTS
1. 001xx (Media/feeding system)
Problem/Unit
Has media jam occurred?
Is the media loaded properly?
Are the type and size of the mediaproper?
Is "E00154" indicated on themessage display?
Is the media fed properly?
Does the major cause lie in the PEsensor (PS6)?
Is the trouble corrected by replac-ing the PE sensor?
Is the trouble corrected by replac-ing the carriage unit?
Media jam
Incorrect mediasetting
Incorrect media
PE sensor (PS6)
Engine controller
Media sensor (PS9)Carriage controller
Engine controller
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5–355–34
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5. 007xx (Purge unit)
a. E00701
1 NO
YES
Check the wiring from the sensor tothe engine controller and the wiringfrom the purge motor to the enginecontroller. If correct, replace thepurge unit.
Replace the engine controller.
Pump home positionsensor (PS1)
Purge motor (M3)
Engine controller
Step Result RemedyCheck itemProblem/Unit
Does the purge motor (M3) rotatewhen the power switch is turnedON?
Turn OFF the power switch andunplug the power cord.Remove connector J202 on theengine controller.Set the tester range to x10 andconnect the leads of the tester to theharness terminals on the motor sideas shown in the table below. Arethe resistance values correct?
+
J202-1
J202-3
J202-1
J202-2
J202-3
J202-4
Resistance value
Approx. 44W
Approx. 44W
Approx. 22W
Approx. 22W
Approx. 22W
Approx. 22W
-
J202-2
J202-4
J202-5
J202-5
J202-6
J202-6
b. E00711/W00721
Step Result RemedyCheck itemProblem/Unit
1
2
YES
NO
YES
Replace the waste ink absorberunit.Clear the waste ink absorber unitcounter in the service mode"CLEAR".
Replace the engine controller.
Full waste inkabsorber unitService mode
Engine controller
Is the waste ink absorber unit full?(Visual check)Was the waste ink counter cleared(Service mode "CLEAR") afterreplacing the waste ink absorberunit?
3. 004xx (BJ Print head system)
1
2
3
NO
YES
YES
NO
Install the BJ print head correctly.
Completed.
Completed.
Check the wiring from the carriagecontroller to the engine controller.If correct, replace the enginecontroller.
Is the BJ print head properlyinstalled?
Is the trouble corrected by replac-ing the BJ print head?
Is the trouble corrected by replac-ing the carriage unit?
BJ print head instal-lation problem
BJ print head
Flexible cable
Thermistor (TH1)
Carriage controller
Engine controller
Step Result RemedyCheck itemProblem/Unit
1
2
3
NO
YES
YES
NO
Install the ink tank correctly.
Completed.
Completed.
Check the wiring from each sensorof the purge unit to the enginecontroller. If correct, replace theengine controller.
Is the ink tank installed correctly?
Is the trouble corrected by replac-ing the ink tank?
Is the trouble corrected by replac-ing the purge unit?
Ink tank installationproblem
Ink tank
Remaining ink sensor(PS3)Ink tank sensor (PS4)
Engine controller
Step Result RemedyCheck itemProblem/Unit
4. 005xx (Ink tank system)
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5–375–36
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
9. 015xx (Power supply related)
1
2
NO
YES
NO
Connect the connectors.
Completed.
Check the wiring from the fan tothe engine controller. If correct,replace the engine controller.
Is the power connector attached?
Is the trouble corrected by replac-ing the cooling fan?
Disconnected powerconnector
Defective cooling fan(FM2)
Engine controller
10. 021xx (User-adjusted system)
1 NO
YES
NO
Instruct the user to use the recom-mended media.
Refer to step 6 onwards of Table 1.001xx (Media/feeder system) (P.5-32).
Replace the engine controller.
Are the media type and sizecorrect?
When loading the cut sheet media(normal menu), is the code "001xx(Media/feeder system)" displayed?
Incorrect media
Engine controller
11. 051xx (Image controller)
1 YES
NO
Completed.
Replace the image controller.
Is the trouble corrected by turningthe power switch OFF and ON?
Malfunction
Image controller
8. 012xx (Internal communication system)
1
2
YES
YES
NO
Completed.
Completed.
Replace the image controller.
Is the trouble corrected by turningthe power switch OFF and ON?
Is the trouble corrected by replac-ing the engine controller?
Malfunction
Engine controller
Image controller
Step Result RemedyCheck itemProblem/Unit
Step Result RemedyCheck itemProblem/Unit
Step Result RemedyCheck itemProblem/Unit
Step Result RemedyCheck itemProblem/Unit
6. 008xx (Cutter system)
a. E00801
1
2
3
4
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
Refer to step 7 onwards of Table 1.001xx (Media/feeder system)(P.5-32).
Clean the groove.
Install the cutter properly.
Completed.
Replace the engine controller.
Foreign substance inthe cut groove
Cutter installationproblem
Defective cutter
Engine controller
Is the code "001xx (Media/feedersystem)" displayed when newmedia is loaded?
Are there any foreign substances inthe cut groove?
Is the cutter properly installed?
Is the trouble corrected by replac-ing the cutter?
1
2
3
YES
YES
YES
NO
Refer to Table 2. 003xx (Drivesystem) (P.5-33).
Clean the groove.
Completed.
Replace the engine controller.
Foreign substance inthe cut groove
Defective cutter
Engine controller
Is the code "003xx (Drive system)"displayed when the power switch isturned ON?
Are there any foreign substances inthe cut groove?
Is the trouble corrected by replac-ing the cutter?
7. 011xx (Engine controller)
1 YES
NO
Completed.
Replace the engine controller.
Is the trouble corrected by turningthe power switch OFF and ON?
Malfunction
Engine controller
b. E00811/E00841
Step Result RemedyCheck itemProblem/Unit
Step Result RemedyCheck itemProblem/Unit
Step Result RemedyCheck itemProblem/Unit
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5–395–38
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
15. 061xx (GL command system)
16. 062xx (GL2 command system)
17. 063xx (RTL command system)
18. 064xx (ESC command system)
19. 065xx (PJL command system)
20. 067xx (TIFF command system)
21. 097xx (Direct error code from the image controller)
1
2
NO
NO
YES
Explain to the user that the troubleis in the data transfer.
Set the communication modeproperly.
Replace the image controller.
Does the same phenomenon occurwith other data transfers?
Is the printer-computer communi-cation setting proper?
Data transmissionproblem
Improper printer-computer communi-cation setting
Image controller
1 YES
NO
Completed.
Replace the image controller.
Is the error corrected by turning thepower switch OFF and ON?
Malfunction
Image controller
22. 098xx (Direct error code from the engine controller)
1 YES
NO
Completed.
Replace the engine controller.
Is the error corrected by turning thepower switch OFF and ON?
Malfunction
Engine controller
Step Result RemedyCheck itemProblem/Unit
Step Result RemedyCheck itemProblem/Unit
Step Result RemedyCheck itemProblem/Unit
12. 052xx (Serial interface communication system)
13. 053xx (Parallel interface communication system)
1 NO
YES
Set the communication modeproperly.
Replace the image controller.
Is the printer-computer communi-cation setting proper?
Improper printer-computer communi-cation setting
Image controller
14. 060xx (Internal data processing system)
a. W6041
1 NO
YES
Install each color BJ print head.
Refer to Table 3. 004xx (BJ printhead system) (P.5-34).
Are all 3 color BJ print heads (Y,M and C) installed?
Missing colorBJ print heads (Y,Mand C)
1
2
3
NO
YES
NO
YES
Explain to the user that the troubleis in the data transfer.
Instruct the user to add memory.
Change the parallel interfacecommunication mode.
Replace the image controller.
Does the same phenomenon occurwith other data transfers?
Has the transmission data exceededthe memory capacity of the printer?
Does the same phenomenon occurusing the serial interface?
Data transmissionproblem
Insufficient memory
Incorrect setting ofparallel interfacecommunication mode
Image controller
b. Others
Step Result RemedyCheck itemProblem/Unit
Step Result RemedyCheck itemProblem/Unit
Step Result RemedyCheck itemProblem/Unit
23. 099xx (Others)
1 Turn the power swith OFF and ON.—Defective firmware
Step RemedyCheck itemProblem/Unit
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5–415–40
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
NO
YES
NO
Connect the connectors properly.
Completed.
Check the wiring from the opera-tion panel to the image controller.If correct, replace the imagecontroller.
Are the connectors on the operationpanel and image controller con-nected correctly?
Is the trouble corrected by replac-ing the operation panel?
Disconnectedconnector
Operation panel
Image controller
25. Nothing is indicated on the operation panel
1
2
26. Opening and closing of front cover is not detected
1 NO
YES
Replace the switch.
Replace the engine controller.
Disconnect the relay connector (J8)of the front cover switch (SW2). Isthere continuity when connectingthe tester leads rod to the connec-tors on the switch side and closingthe front cover?
Front cover switch(SW2)
Engine controller
YES
NO
Completed.
Check the wiring from the solenoidto the engine controller. If correct,replace the engine controller.
Is the trouble corrected by replac-ing the purge unit?
Wiper solenoid (SL1)
Engine controller
27. Wiper solenoid does not working
1
Step Result RemedyCheck itemProblem/Unit
Step Result RemedyCheck itemProblem/Unit
Step Result RemedyCheck itemProblem/Unit
Connect the power cord correctly tothe printer and outlet.
Explain to the customer that thetrouble is not related to the printer.
Check the wiring from the imagecontroller to the operation panel. Ifcorrect, replace the operation panel.
Connect the connectors properly.
Remove the cause of the blownfuse and replace the DC powersupply.
Replace the power switch.
Check the wiring from the DCpower supply to the engine control-ler. If correct, replace the DCpower supply.
Completed.
Replace the image controller.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
NO
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
NO
YES
NO
Is the power cord properly con-nected to the receptacle on theprinter and the outlet?
Is the proper voltage available atthe outlet?
Does the carriage work when thepower switch is turned ON?
Are connectors J101 and J102 onthe DC power unit correctlyconnected?
Is the fuse (F1) on the DC powerunit blown?
Turn OFF the power switch andunplug the power cord. Whenapplying the leads of the tester tothe terminals 2 and 3, (then 5 and6) of the power switch, and turningthe power switch ON, is continuityindicated?
Remove connector J210 on theengine controller. Set the testerrange to 30VDC. With the powerswitch ON and the tester leads onthe harness terminals on the DCpower supply side as shown in thetable below, are the voltagesnormal?
Is the trouble corrected by replac-ing the engine controller?
Unplugged powersource
Power source failure
Operation panel
Disconnectedconnector
Blown fuse
Power switch (SW1)
DC power supplyunit
Engine controller
Image controller
24. No power
Step Result RemedyCheck itemProblem/Unit
+
J210-1
J210-2
J210-5
Voltage
+26V
+26V
+5V
-
J210-3
J210-4
J210-6
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5–435–42
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
28. Media is not fed
1
2
NO
NO
YES
Tighten the paper feed roller withset screws.
Replace the paper feed motor.
Check the wiring from the motor tothe engine controller. If normal,replace the engine controller.
Loose set screw
Paper feed motor (M1)
Engine controller
Step Result RemedyCheck itemProblem/Unit
Are the set screws fixing the paperfeed roller tightened firmly?
Turn OFF the power switch andunplug the power cord. Removeconnector J203 on the enginecontroller. Set the tester range tox10.Are the resistance values normalwhen the tester leads are connectedto the harness terminals on the motorside as shown in the table below?
+
J203-3
J203-5
J203-1
J203-1
J203-2
J203-2
Resistance value
Approx. 6.8W
Approx. 6.8W
Approx. 3.4W
Approx. 3.4W
Approx. 3.4W
Approx. 3.4W
-
J203-4
J203-6
J203-3
J203-4
J203-5
J203-6
29. Suction fan does not rotate
1
2
3
YES
YES
YES
NO
Go to step 3.
Completed.
Completed.
Check the wiring from the fan tothe engine controller. If correct,replace the engine controller.
Does the cooling fan (FM2) rotatewhen media is loaded?
Is the trouble corrected by replac-ing the PE sensor (PS6)?
Is the trouble corrected by replac-ing the suction fan?
PE sensor (PS6)
Suction fan (FM1)
Engine controller
Step Result RemedyCheck itemProblem/Unit
V. CORRECTION OF IMAGE DEFECTSA. Initial Inspection
The causes of poor images can be loosely classified into the following four cases :
• Installation environment
• Type or condition of media
• BJ cartridge
• Main unit problem
Check the installation environment, media and other conditions in the initial inspection.
1. Installation environment
Check that the installation environment standards are met.
2. Media check
Be sure to check the media condition for the following items :
• Recommended media
• Proper media storage environment
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5–455–44
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
2. Vertical misalignment 1
Normal Abnormal
Problem/Unit
BJ print headinstallation problem
Defective head
Remedy
Completed.
Completed.
Check item
Is it corrected by reinstalling the BJ printhead of the applicable color and doing thefollowing?• Load the recommended type of media
(plain paper or coated paper) largerthan A3 and execute the "Auto Adjust"in the [Adjustment] menu
Is it corrected by replacing the BJ printhead of that color and doing the follow-ing?• Load the recommended type of media
(plain paper or coated paper) largerthan A3 and doing the "Auto Adjust"in the [Adjustment] menu.
Result
YES
YES
Step
1
2
B. Corrective Procedures for Image Defects1. Non-ejection of ink
Problem/Unit
No ink
Clogged nozzlesForeign substance stuckto the head
Defective head
Foreign substance stuckto the wiper
Remedy
Replace the ink tank of thatcolor.(When the ink becomes faintor no ink is ejected, an emptyink tank is usually the cause.)
If the problem persists aftercorrective steps have beenattempted 3 times, check thefollowing.
Completed.
Replace the wiper (Cleanerblade).
Check item
Is there ink in the ink tank chamber of theapplicable color?
Carry out the [Head Cleaning] for theapplicable color.Is the nozzle check pattern of that colornormal when printing using the "NozzleCheck" in the [Internal Print] menu?
Is the problem remedied by replacing theBJ print head of that color and executingthe following process?• Load the recommended type of media
larger than A3 (plain paper or coatedpaper) and execute the "Auto Adjust" inthe [Adjustment] menu.
Step
1
2
3
Result
NO
NO
YES
NO
Normal
Abnormal
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5–475–46
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
4. Low resolution
5. Dislocation of dots of different colors
Problem/Unit
Foreign substance stuckto the head
Printing positionadjustment problem
Defective head
Defective media sensor(PS9) on the carriageunit
Step
1
2
Check item
Execute the [Head Cleaning] for theapplicable color.Is the nozzle check pattern of that colorproper when printing the "Nozzle Check"in the [Internal Print] menu?
Is it corrected by replacing the BJ printhead of that color and carrying out thefollowing?• Load the recommended type of media
(plain paper or coated paper) largerthan A3 and execute the "Auto Adjust"in the [Adjustment] menu?
Problem/Unit
Clogged nozzle, foreignsubstance stuck to thehead
Defective head
Result
NO
YES
Remedy
If the problem persists aftercorrective steps have beenattempted 3 times, check thenext step.
Completed.
Step
1
2
3
Check item
Execute [Head Cleaning] for that color.Is the nozzle check pattern of that colorproper when printing the "Nozzle Check"in the [Internal Print] menu?
Is it corrected by loading the recom-mended type of paper (plain paper orcoated paper) larger than A3 and execut-ing the "Auto Adjust" in the [Adjustment]menu?
Is it corrected by replacing the BJ printhead of that color and executing thefollowing?• Load the recommended type of media
(plain paper or coated paper) largerthan A3 and execute the "Auto Adjust"in the [Adjustment] menu.
Result
NO
YES
YES
NO
Remedy
If the problem persists aftercorrective steps have beenattempted 3 times, check thenext step.
Completed.
Completed.
Replace the carriage unit anddo the following.• Load the recommended
type of media (plain paperor coated paper) larger thanA3 and execute "AutoAdjust" of [Adjustment]menu.
3. Vertical misalignment 2
Normal Abnormal
Problem/Unit
Printing positionadjustment problem
Paper thicknessadjustment problem
Print mode
Remedy
Completed.
Set the paper thicknessadjustment lever positionproperly and carry out thefollowing.• Load the recommended type
of media (plain paper orcoated paper) larger than A3and execute the "AutoAdjust" in the [Adjustment]menu.
Set the [Print Mode] menu toother than "Draft".
Step
1
2
Result
YES
NO
YES
Check item
Is it corrected by loading the recom-mended type of media (plain paper orcoated paper) larger than A3 and execut-ing the "Auto Adjust" in the [Adjust-ment] menu?
Is the paper thickness adjustment lever inthe proper position?
Check the print mode.Is it in "Draft" mode?
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5–495–48
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
7. Lines (Carriage direction)
Result
NO
NO
YES
YES
Check item
Is the "Band Joint" selected in "FeedPriority" in the [System Setup] menu?
Carry out the [Head Cleaning] for theapplicable color.Is the nozzle check pattern of that colornormal when printing using the "NozzleCheck" in the [Internal Print] menu?
Load the recommended type of medialarger than A3 (plain paper or coatedpaper) and execute the "Auto Band-Adj"in the [Adjustment] menu.
Is the problem remedied by replacing theBJ print head of that color and executingthe following?• Load the recommended type of media
larger than A3 (plain paper or coatedpaper) and execute the "Auto Band-Adj" in the [Adjustment] menu.
Problem/Unit
Main menu settings
Clogged nozzlesForeign substance stuckto the head
Improper paper feed rateadjustment
Defective head
Step
1
2
3
4
Remedy
If the problem persists after setting"Band Joint", check the following.
If the problem persists afterthis step has been attempted 3times, check the following.
Completed.
Completed.
Normal Abnormal
Normal Abnormal
6. Dot misalignment
Normal Abnormal
Problem/Unit
Foreign substance stuckto the head
Defective head
Foreign substance stuckto wiper (cleaner blade)
Step
1
2
Check item
Execute [Head Cleaning] for that color.Is the nozzle check pattern of that colorproper when the "Nozzle Check" in the[Internal Print] menu is printed?
Is it corrected by replacing the BJ printhead of that color and executing thefollowing?• Load the recommended type of media
(plain paper or coat paper) larger thanA3 and execute the "Auto Adjust" inthe [Adjustment] menu.
Result
NO
YES
NO
Remedy
If the problem persists aftercorrective steps have beenattempted 3 times, check thenext step.
Completed.
Replace the wiper (cleanerblade).
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5–515–50
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
9. Bleeding
Problem/Unit
Media smudges easily.
Printable side reversed.
Print mode
10. Dimensional accuracy problems
Problem/Unit
Expansion/contractionof media
Paper feed accuracycompensation value
Remedy
Explain to the user to use themedia only after placing itunder the machine operatingenvironment for some time.
Adjust the paper feed accu-racy compensation value.(See page 5-13).
Check item
Is it corrected by using the media afterplacing the media under the machineoperating environment for some time?
Confirm with the paper feed accuracycompensation value adjustment pattern.
Step
1
2
Result
YES
NO
Step
1
2
3
Check item
Is the recommended type of media beingused?
Is the printable side of the media facingup?
Check the print mode.Is it in "Draft" mode?
Result
NO
NO
YES
Remedy
Use the recommended type ofmedia (coated paper or othersmudge resistant paper).
Explain to the user to use themedia with the printable sidefacing up.
Set the [Print Mode] to otherthan "Draft".
8. White lines (Paper feed direction)
Normal Abnormal
Problem/Unit
Linear scale
Engine controller
Step
1
Check item
Is it corrected by replacing the linearscale and executing the following?• Load the recommended type of media
(plain paper or coated paper) largerthan A3 and execute the "Auto Adjust"in the [Adjustment] menu.
Result
YES
NO
Remedy
Completed.
Replace the engine controller.
Normal Abnormal
DENSITY 1 DENSITY 1
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5–535–52
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
11. Blotting boundary between filled images
Normal Abnormal
Problem/Unit
Poor moisture absor-bency of media
Printable side reversed
Ink dries slowly.
Step
1
2
3
Check item
Is the recommended type of media beingused?
Is the printable side of the media facingup?
Check the print mode.Is it in "Enhanced" or "Hi-Resolution"mode?
Result
NO
NO
NO
Remedy
Explain to the user to use therecommended type of media(media with high absor-bency).
Explain to the user to placethe printable side of themedia facing up.
Set the [Print Mode] menu to"Enhanced" or "Hi-Resolu-tion".
VI. ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ARRANGEMENT/
FUNCTIONSA. Sensors and Switches
Table 5-601
Name Function
Photo-interrupter
Sensor
Switch
Symbol
PS1PS2PS3PS4PS6
PS8PS9
SW1SW2
Pump position detectionHome position detectionDetection of remaining ink in the ink chamberDetection of the ink tank presenceMedia trailing edge detection
Printing position detectionMedia leading edge detection, media width detection,internal temperature detection, printing position detection
AC power OFF/ONFront cover open/close detection
PS8
PS9
PS6SW2
PS2
PS1
PS4 PS3 SW1
Figure 5-601
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5–555–54
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
C. Logic boards
Figure 5-603
Name Function
Engine controller
Image controller
Carriage controller
DC power supply
Operation panel controller
Symbol
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
Sequence control/motor control
Data communication to host/raster conversion
Head drive signal/sensor signal relay
DC power supply
Operation key, LED and message display control
Table 5-603
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
B. Motors, Fans, and Solenoids
Name Function
Motor
Fan
Solenoid
Symbol
M1M2M3
FM1FM2
SL1
Paper feed driveCarriage drivePump drive
Hold paper during printingHeat dispersion
Wiper (cleaner blade) lifting
Figure 5-602
Table 5-602
M2
M1
FM2
FM1
M3
SL1
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5–575–56
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING
E. Image Controller
LED603
LED604
LED
601
LED
602
DSW601
LED
605
36 19
CN60418 1
CN
602
22 21 19 20
CN
601
A11
A1
B16 B1
CN607A16 A1
CN605CN606
5 1
9 6 1 8
CN603
1 2
B1
B11
40 39 1 2
SIM
602
1 271 72
SIM
601
1 271 72
Figure 5-605
For factory adjustment
For factory adjustment
For factory adjustment
For factory adjustment
For factory adjustment
For factory adjustment
Unused
Unused
Lit in CPU operation (normal)
Lit at CPU stop (abnormal)
Lit when power is supplied
Function Remarks
DSW601-1
DSW601-2
DSW601-3
DSW601-4
DSW601-5
DSW601-6
LED601
LED602
LED603
LED604
LED605
SW No.
Table 5-605
Set to OFF before shipment from factory
Set to OFF before shipment from factory
Set to OFF before shipment from factory
Set to ON before shipment from factory
Set to OFF before shipment from factory
Set to OFF before shipment from factory
—
—
—
—
—
D. Engine Controller
A0: No jumper
A1: Jumper installed
Switching between A1 and A0 sizemodels.
Function Remarks
SW201
SW No.
Table 5-604
Figure 5-604
J205
1 4
J204
21
J206
1 3
SW201J217
J214 3
1
18
J213
J211
111
21
J202
18
139 J208
240
139 J207
240
J201
17
J203
16
J212
81
J210
18
B16B1 J209
A16A1
CHAPTER 6
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
A. GENERAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ........................ 6-1B. IMAGE CONTROLLER ...................................... 6-4C. ENGIN CONTROLLER ................................... 6-16
D. CARRIAGE CONTROLLER ............................ 6-33E. PAPER SENSOR ............................................ 6-41F. OPERATION PANEL CONTROLLER ............. 6-42
6-1
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
A. GENERAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
General circuit diagram (1/3)
87
65
43
21
76
54
32
1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
21
YB
N
YB
YA
N
YA
XB
N
XB
XA
N
XA
VH
VH
VH
FA
N_
CO
NT
Vc
c
ME
DIA
_IN
GN
D
DO
OR
_IN
GN
D
VH
VH
PG_OUT1
PG_OUT2
PG_OUT3
PG_OUT4
PPOW_CONL
PPOW_CONL
INKCONN
Vcc
INK1_IN
GND
Vcc
CRGHP_IN
GND
Vcc
PURHP_IN
GND
SOL_CONT
VH
76
54
32
1
65
43
21
65
43
21
65
43
21
65
43
21
32
1
32
1
32
1
32
1
32
1
87
65
43
21
87
65
43
21
87
65
43
21
87
65
43
21
87
65
43
21
87
65
43
218
76
54
32
1
32
1
32
1
21 2
1
87
65
43
21
11
910
87
65
43
21
11
910
32
1
32
1
4
32
1
4
Vcc
TANK
GND
65
43
21
65
43
21
65
43
21
65
43
21
43
21
2 1
3 12
VH
FA
N_
CO
NT
FA
NS
TS
GN
D
Vc
c
GN
D(H
)
GN
D(H
)
VH
VH
GN
D
Vc
c
GN
D(H
)
VH
J210
J205
J12J5
J7
J8
J9
J1
J4
J3
J2
J13
J11
J201 J203J204
J206 J214J211
J202
J212
J213
J102
J101
L
N
L N
5
2 3
6
32
1 32
1
J10
J202
J212
J213
J210
J102
CARRIAGE MOTOR PAPER FEED MOTOR SUCTION FAN COOLING FAN PE SENSOR FRONT COVER SENSOR
PURGE MOTOR
HOME POSITION SENSOR
PUMP SENSOR
WIPER SOLENOID
INK TANK SENSOR
INK SENSOR
ENGINE CONTROLLER
AC INLET
POWER SUPPLY
AC 100-240V
50/60HZ
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-2
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
403836343230282624222018161412108642
39373533312927252321191715131197531
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
403836343230282624222018161412108642
39373533312927252321191715131197531
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2
29 27 25 23 21 19 17 15 13 11 9 7 5 3 1 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 15 13 11 9 7 5 3 1 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 15 13 11 9 7 5 3 1
3 2 15 4 3 2 14
Vc
c
GN
D
O_
OH
TP
0
O_
OH
TP
1
O_
OH
TP
2
O_
OH
TP
3
GN
D
O_
EH
TP
0
O_
EH
TP
1
O_
EH
TP
2
O_
EH
TP
3
GN
D
Vc
c
BE
NB
00
BE
NB
01
BE
NB
02
BE
NB
10
BE
NB
11
BE
NB
12
BE
NB
20
BE
NB
21
BE
NB
22
BE
NB
30
BE
NB
31
BE
NB
32
GN
D
HL
DT
RG
GN
D
GN
D
OC
RC
DE
T
GN
D
CO
M_
DA
T
CO
M_
CL
K
CO
M_
LT
CO
M_
DIR
CR
C_
CL
K
CR
C_
DA
T
TR
I_E
NB
N
GN
D
GN
D
VH
VH
VH
GN
D(H
)
GN
D(H
)
GN
D(H
)
O_
HR
ES
ET
LS
A
LS
B
RE
GIS
EN
S
RE
GI_
HO
LD
H5
VC
NT
N
O_
R5
VC
ON
TN
P2
6S
UP
O_
DI_
RN
KS
EL
0
O_
DI_
RN
KS
EL
1
O_
DI_
RN
KS
EL
2
O_
HD
_S
EL
0
O_
HD
_S
EL
1
O_
HD
_D
T0
O_
HD
_D
T1
O_
HD
_D
T2
O_
HD
_D
T3
O_
HD
_C
LK
O_
HD
_L
TC
LK
O_
SU
BH
0
O_
SU
BH
1
O_
SU
BH
2
O_
SU
BH
3
GN
D
LE
D_
CO
NT
_R
LE
D_
CO
NT
_L
HA
BA
_IN
RE
GIL
OO
K
RA
NK
_IN
THE
RM
_IN
DI_
IN
GN
D
Vc
c
GN
D
321 54
GN
D
LS
B
LS
A
Vc
c
GN
D
TH
ER
M
PO
UT
LE
DB
+2
6V
HE
NB
0
BE
01
EV
EN
0
LT
CL
K0
HS
2A
0
HS
1A
0
HS
1B
0
RA
NK
0
DIA
0
DIR
0
HE
NB
0
BE
00
OD
D0
HS
2B
0
GN
D
GN
D
Vc
c
GN
D(H
)
GN
D(H
)
GN
D(H
)
GN
D(H
)
SU
B0
SU
B0
VH
VH
VH
IDA
TA
0
DC
LK
0
HR
ES
ET
DIK
0
HEAD(0)HEAD(1)HEAD(2)HEAD(3)
7 6
LE
DR
RE
GO
UT
8
+5
V
J208 J207
HE
NB
1
BE
11
EV
EN
1
LT
CL
K1
HS
2A
1
HS
1A
1
HS
1B
1
RA
NK
1
DIA
1
DIR
1
HE
NB
1
BE
10
OD
D1
HS
2B
1
GN
D
GN
D
Vc
c
GN
D(H
)
GN
D(H
)
GN
D(H
)
GN
D(H
)
SU
B1
SU
B1
VH
VH
VH
IDA
TA
1
DC
LK
1
HR
ES
ET
DIK
1
HE
NB
2
BE
21
EV
EN
2
LT
CL
K2
HS
2A
2
HS
1A
2
HS
1B
2
RA
NK
2
DIA
2
DIR
2
HE
NB
2
BE
20
OD
D2
HS
2B
2
GN
D
GN
D
Vc
c
GN
D(H
)
GN
D(H
)
GN
D(H
)
GN
D(H
)
SU
B2
SU
B2
VH
VH
VH
IDA
TA
2
DC
LK
2
HR
ES
ET
DIK
2
HE
NB
3
BE
31
EV
EN
3
LT
CL
K3
HS
2A
3
HS
1A
3
HS
1B
3
RA
NK
3
DIA
3
DIR
3
HE
NB
3
BE
30
OD
D3
HS
2B
3
GN
D
GN
D
Vc
c
GN
D(H
)
GN
D(H
)
GN
D(H
)
GN
D(H
)
SU
B3
SU
B3
VH
VH
VH
IDA
TA
3
DC
LK
3
HR
ES
ET
DIK
3
J501 J502
J510 J509
J506 J505 J504 J503
General circuit diagram (2/3)
ENGINE CONTROLLER
CARRIAGE CONTROLLER
PAPER SENSOR LINEAR SCALE/LINEAR SENSOR
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-3
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
20
19
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
22
23
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
21
32
33
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
13
14
15
12
11
10
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
13
14
15
1211
10
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
13
14
15
12
11
10
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
13
14
15
1211
10
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
20
19
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
22
23
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
21
32
33
3231
3029
2827
2625
2423
2221
2019
1817
1615
1413
1211
109
87
65
43
21
3635
34339
87
65
43
21
CD
TD
RD
DS
RG
ND
DT
RC
TS
RT
SR
I
RS-232C CENTRONICS
/ST
BD
ATA
0D
ATA
1D
ATA
2D
ATA
3D
ATA
4D
ATA
5D
ATA
6D
ATA
7/A
CK
BU
SY
PE
SE
LEC
TA
FD
N.C
.G
ND
FG
Vcc
GN
DG
ND
GN
DG
ND
GN
DG
ND
GN
DG
ND
GN
DG
ND
GN
DG
ND
/INT
/FAU
LTG
ND
N.C
.V
ccS
ELIN
3231
3029
2827
2625
2423
2221
2019
1817
1615
1413
1211
109
87
65
43
21
3635
3433
6867
6665
6463
6261
6059
5857
5655
5453
5251
5049
4847
4645
4443
4241
4039
3837
7271
7069
SIM602
3231
3029
2827
2625
2423
2221
2019
1817
1615
1413
1211
109
87
65
43
21
3635
3433
6867
6665
6463
6261
6059
5857
5655
5453
5251
5049
4847
4645
4443
4241
4039
3837
7271
7069
16b15b14b13b12b11b10b9b8b7b6b5b4b3b2b1b16a15a14a13a12a11a10a9a8a7a6a5a4a3a2a1a
VE
NB
PIX
RD
YP
IXC
LKV
ccV
ccV
ccP
IX0
PIX
1P
IX2
PIX
3P
IX4
PIX
5G
ND
GN
DP
IX6
PIX
7T
xDR
xDG
ND
GN
DC
TS
RT
SC
PR
DY
PP
RD
YD
SR
DT
RE
XT
0E
XT
1E
XT
2E
XT
3E
XT
4E
XT
5
16b15b14b13b12b11b10b9b8b7b6b5b4b3b2b1b16a15a14a13a12a11a10a9a8a7a6a5a4a3a2a1a
PKEY0
PKEY1
PKEY2
PKEY3
PKEY4
PKEY5
BUZZER
RSV1
Vss
PLED0
PLED1
PLED2
PLED3
PLED4
PLED5
PLED6
PLED7
PLED8
PLED9
RSV2
PVcc
CPURSTL
Vss
R/WN
Vss
RS
VEE
LCDE
Vss
PDAT7
PDAT6
PDAT5
PDAT4
Vss
PDAT3
PDAT2
PDAT1
PDAT0
Vss
RSV3
RSV2
PLED9
PLED8
PLED7
PLED6
PLED5
PLED4
PLED3
PLED2
PLED1PLED0
Vss
RSV1
BUZZER
PKEY5
PKEY4
PKEY3
PKEY2
PKEY1
PKEY0
PVcc
CPURSTL
Vss
R/WN
Vss
RS
VEE
LCDE
Vss
PDAT7PDAT6
PDAT5
PDAT4
Vss
PDAT3
PDAT2
PDAT1
PDAT0
Vss
RSV3
J602
J701
J702
CN701
CN702
CN602
J209
CN607
CN604CN605
SIM601
General circuit diagram (3/3)
ENGINE CONTROLLER
IMAGE CONTROLLER
EXPANSION SLOT
EXPANSION SLOT
OPERATION PANEL CONTROLLER
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-4
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
B. IMAGE CONTROLLER
Image controller (1/12)
CD[31..0]
READYL
ABORTL
INTL
232INTL
CBE0L
CBE1L
CBE2L
CBE3L
RDL
ADSL
WAITL
BLASTL
DTRL
DENL
RESETL
PCLK1
RST
RSTL
EVENTL
RSINT
CA[31..2]
CA2CA3CA4CA5CA6CA7CA8CA9CA10CA11CA12CA13CA14CA15CA16CA17CA18CA19CA20CA21CA22CA23CA24CA25CA26CA27CA28CA29CA30CA31
CD1CD2CD3CD4CD5CD6CD7CD8CD9CD10CD11CD12CD13CD14CD15CD16CD17CD18CD19CD20CD21CD22CD23CD24CD25CD26CD27CD28CD29CD30CD31
CD0
CA[31..2]
CD[31..0]
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
A2111
A3112
A4113
A5114
A6116
A7117
A8118
A9119
A10120
A11122
A12123
A13124
A14128
A15129
A16130
A17132
A18133
A19134
A20136
A21137
A22138
A23139
A24141
A25142
A26143
A27144
A28145
A29151
A30152
A31153
CLKIN87
91
STEST46
43
CLKMODE85
HOLD181
READY182
BTERM184
BOFF40
DREQ057
DREQ158
DREQ259
DREQ360
NMI108
XINT093
XINT194
XINT295
XINT3100
XINT4101
XINT5102
XINT6106
XINT7107
D0 36
D135
D234
D333
D4 27
D5 26
D625
D723
D822
D9 21
D10 19
D1118
D1217
D13 15
D14 14
D1513
D1611
D1710
D18 9
D19 8
D206
D215
D224
D23 3
D24195
D25194
D26192
D27 191
D28 189
D29188
D30187
D31186
BE0 170
BE1172
BE2 175
BE3176
W/R 164
ADS178
FAIL 45
PCLK178
PCLK274
HOLDA 179
BREQ155
D/C 159
SUP158
WAIT 162
BLAST169
DT/R163
DEN 167
LOCK156
DMA 160
DACK062
EOP/TC0 66
DACK163
EOP/TC167
DACK264
EOP/TC268
DACK3 65
EOP/TC369
VC
C1
VC
C12
VC
C20
VC
C28
VC
C32
VC
C37
VC
C44
VC
C50
VC
C61
VC
C71
VC
C79
VC
C82
VC
C96
VC
C99
VC
C10
3
VC
C11
5
VC
C12
7
VC
C14
0
VC
C14
8
VC
C15
4
VC
C16
8
VC
C17
1
VC
C18
0
VC
C19
0
GN
D70
GN
D75
GN
D77
GN
D81
GN
D83
GN
D88
GN
D89
GN
D92
GN
D98
GN
D10
5
GN
D10
9
GN
D11
0
GN
D12
1
GN
D12
5
GN
D13
1
GN
D13
5
GN
D14
7
GN
D15
0
GN
D16
1
GN
D16
5
GN
D17
3
GN
D17
4
GN
D18
5
GN
D19
6
GND2
GND7
GND16
GND24
GND30
GND38
GND39
GND49
GND56
VC
CP
LL
72
U607
80960CF(PQFP)
1
23
U608A
R969
330
R970
330
584
Y602
33MHz(DIP)
LED603
LED604
R7152.2K
L601
C6080.1uF
C6120.1uF
C6650.1uF
C6560.1uF
C6670.1uF
C6680.1uF
C6690.1uF
C6510.1uF
C6520.1uF
C6530.1uF
C6570.1uF
C6500.1uF
4
56
U608B
VCC5
VSA7
VSB6
VSC2
CT1
GND4
RESET8
OUTC 3
U613R71410Kf
R7103.9Kf
C6152.2uF
R8754.7K
R8104.7K
R701
10K
R700
10K
R696
10K
R695
10K
R694
10K
R693
10K
R879
33
C66433P
R697
33C60733P
R880
33 C66633P
C605
4700p
GND
C6450.01u
VCC
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GNDGND
GND
GNDCPURSTL
SOFTSW
DBINTL
12U631A
TP605
VCC
R7124.7K
R7114.7K
VCC
R9214.7K
R7134.7K
C6090.01u
C6880.01u
GND
C6110.01u
C6100.01u
GND
OSINTL
1 2
U620A
3 4
U620B
(8/12-D5)
(2/12-C8)(7/12-D7)(10/12-E6)
(5/12-C8) (7/12-E1) (8/12-E8) (9/12-C8)
(10/12-C6)
(7/12-E3)
(11/12-A7)
(10/12-D6)
(10/12-E6)
(10/12-D6)
(10/12-C6)
(5/12-F8) (7/12-E5)
(10/12-C6)
(11/12-F7)
TXINT
RXINT
(8/12-D5)
(7/12-E3)
(7/12-E3)
(7/12-E3)
(7/12-C4)
(7/12-C4)
(5/12-D8)
(9/12-D8)
(9/12-D8)
(10/12-B3)
RESET
ONCE
(11/12-A7)
(11/12-A7)
(11/12-A7)
(10/12-D6)
(11/12-F7)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-5
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Image controller (2/12)
A[31..2]
D[31..0]
FROML
FOEL
FWE0L
FWE3L
BFROML
BFOEL
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
D21
D22
D23
D24
D25
D26
D27
D28
D29
D30
D31
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D[31..0]
A[31..2]
VCC
C6160.1uF
C6130.1uF
C6580.1uF
R93933
R93833
R93733
R93633
R70733
R70433
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
GND
A19
BE1LA025
A124
A223
A322
A421
A520
A619
A718
A88
A97
A106
A115
A124
A133
A142
A151
A1648
DQ0 29
DQ1 31
DQ2 33
DQ3 35
DQ4 38
DQ5 40
DQ6 42
DQ7 44
OE28
WE11
A1717
DQ8 30
DQ9 32
DQ10 34
DQ11 36
DQ12 39
DQ13 41
DQ14 43
DQ1545
CE26
RESET 12
RY/BY 15
BYTE 47
A1816
U612
A025
A124
A223
A322
A421
A520
A619
A718
A88
A97
A106
A115
A124
A133
A142
A151
A1648
DQ0 29
DQ1 31
DQ2 33
DQ3 35
DQ4 38
DQ5 40
DQ6 42
DQ7 44
OE28
WE11
A1717
DQ8 30
DQ9 32
DQ10 34
DQ11 36
DQ12 39
DQ13 41
DQ14 43
DQ1545
CE26
RESET 12
RY/BY 15
BYTE 47
A1816
U618
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
RSTL
VCC VCC VCC
R88110K
BOOTWRLJP604
JP601
JP602
9
108
U608C
12
1311
U608D
BOOTCSL
BOOTOEL
VCC
R70510K
R70610K
R70833
R70933
R88233
A011
A110
A29
A38
A47
A56
A65
A74
A842
A941
A1040
A1139
A1238
A1337
A1436
A1535
A1634
DQ0 15
DQ1 17
DQ2 19
DQ3 21
DQ4 24
DQ5 26
DQ6 28
DQ7 30
OE14
WE43
A173
DQ8 16
DQ9 18
DQ10 20
DQ11 22
DQ12 25
DQ13 27
DQ14 29
DQ1531
CE12
RESET 44
RY/BY 1
BYTE 33
A182
XU601
R702
33
R703
33
(5/12-F8)
(10/12-F6)
(11/12-F2)
(11/12-F2)
(1/12-D6)
(10/12-C6)
(10/12-C2)
(11/12-A5)
(10/12-C6)
(10/12-C6)
(10/12-C6)
(10/12-C6)
(10/12-C6)
(10/12-C2)
(10/12-C2)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-6
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Image controller (3/12)
RAS0L
RAS1L
CAS0AL
CAS1AL
CAS2AL
CAS3AL
DWEL WEL
MA0
MA1
MA2
MA3
MA4
MA5
MA6
MA7
MA8
MA9
MA0
MA1
MA2
MA3
MA4
MA5
MA6
MA7
MA8
MA9
MD0
MD1
MD2
MD3
MD4
MD5
MD6
MD7
MD8
MD9
MD10
MD11
MD12
MD13
MD14
MD15
MD16
MD17
MD18
MD19
MD20
MD21
MD22
MD23
MD24
MD25
MD26
MD27
MD28
MD29
MD30
MD31
MA0
MA1
MA2
MA3
MA4
MA5
MA6
MA7
MA8
MA9
MD0
MD1
MD2
MD3
MD4
MD5
MD6
MD7
MD8
MD9
MD10
MD11
MD12
MD13
MD14
MD15
MD16
MD17
MD18
MD19
MD20
MD21
MD22
MD23
MD24
MD25
MD26
MD27
MD28
MD29
MD30
MD31
MA0
MA1
MA2
MA3
MA4
MA5
MA6
MA7
MA8
MA9
VCCVCC
VCCVCC
VCC
R952
33R949
33R950
33R954
22
A021
A122
A223
A324
A427
A528
A629
A730
A831
A932
RAS18
UCAS34
LCAS35
WE17
OE33
I/O0 2
I/O13
I/O24
I/O35
I/O47
I/O5 8
I/O69
I/O7 10
I/O841
I/O9 42
I/O1043
I/O1144
I/O12 46
I/O1347
I/O14 48
I/O1549
VCC1
VCC6
VCC25
GND 26
GND45
GND 50
NC11
NC15
NC16
NC20
NC36
NC40
NC19
U616
A021
A122
A223
A324
A427
A528
A629
A730
A831
A932
RAS18
UCAS34
LCAS35
WE17
OE33
I/O0 2
I/O13
I/O2 4
I/O35
I/O4 7
I/O58
I/O69
I/O7 10
I/O841
I/O9 42
I/O1043
I/O11 44
I/O1246
I/O13 47
I/O1448
I/O1549
VCC1
VCC 6
VCC25
GND26
GND45
GND 50
NC11
NC15
NC16
NC20
NC36
NC40
NC19
U602
R953
33R955
33R951
33
A021
A122
A223
A324
A427
A528
A629
A730
A831
A932
RAS18
UCAS34
LCAS35
WE17
OE33
I/O02
I/O13
I/O24
I/O35
I/O4 7
I/O58
I/O6 9
I/O710
I/O8 41
I/O942
I/O1043
I/O11 44
I/O1246
I/O13 47
I/O1448
I/O15 49
VCC1
VCC6
VCC25
GND26
GND 45
GND50
NC11
NC15
NC16
NC20
NC36
NC40
NC19
U611
A021
A122
A223
A324
A427
A528
A629
A730
A831
A932
RAS18
UCAS34
LCAS35
WE17
OE33
I/O02
I/O1 3
I/O24
I/O3 5
I/O47
I/O58
I/O6 9
I/O710
I/O8 41
I/O942
I/O10 43
I/O1144
I/O12 46
I/O1347
I/O1448
I/O15 49
VCC 1
VCC6
VCC 25
GND26
GND 45
GND50
NC11
NC15
NC16
NC20
NC36
NC40
NC19
U606
C6730.1uF
C6630.1uF
C6770.1uF
C6740.1uF
C6620.1uF
C6490.1uF
C6480.1uF
C6420.1uF
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
TP619
TP626
TP624
TP625
(10/12-D2)
(4/12-B8)
(12/12-F2)
MA[10..0]
MD[31..0]MD[31..0]
MA[10..0](12/12-F2)
(10/12-D2)
(10/12-D2)
(10/12-D2)
(10/12-D2)
(10/12-D2)
(10/12-D2)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-7
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Image controller (4/12)
SM2T0
SM2T1
CLL
MA[10..0]
MD[31..0]
SM1T0
SM1T1
RAS2L
RAS3L
RAS4L
RAS5L
CAS0BL
CAS1BL
CAS2BL
CAS3BL
WEL
MD0
MD1
MD2
MD3
MD4
MD5
MD6
MD7
MD8
MD9
MD10
MD11
MD12
MD13
MD14
MD15
MD16
MD17
MD18
MD19
MD20
MD21
MD22
MD23
MD24
MD25
MD26
MD27
MD28
MD29
MD30
MD31
MA0
MA1
MA2
MA3
MA4
MA5
MA6
MA10
MA7
MA8
MA9
MD[31..0]
MA[10..0]
MD0
MD1
MD2
MD3
MD4
MD5
MD6
MD7
MD8
MD9
MD10
MD11
MD12
MD13
MD14
MD15
MD16
MD17
MD18
MD19
MD20
MD21
MD22
MD23
MD24
MD25
MD26
MD27
MD28
MD29
MD30
MD31
MA0
MA1
MA2
MA3
MA4
MA5
MA6
MA10
MA7
MA8
MA9
VCC VCC
VCC
VCCVCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCCVCC
R819
4.7K
R943
33R948
33R945
33R947
33
R93510K
R942
33R941
33R944
33
R818
4.7K
VSS1
D 02
D163
D 14
D175
D 26
D187
D 38
D199
VCC10
N C11
A 012
A 113
A 214
A 315
A 416
A 517
A 618
A1019
D 420
D2021
D 522
D2123
D 624
D2225
D 726
D2327
A 728
N C29
VCC30
A 831
A 932
RAS333
RAS234
N C35
N C36
N C37
N C38
VSS39
CAS0 40
CAS241
CAS3 42
CAS143
RAS0 44
RAS145
N C46
W E 47
N C48
D 8 49
D2450
D 9 51
D2552
D1053
D26 54
D1155
D27 56
D1257
D28 58
VCC59
D29 60
D1361
D3062
D14 63
D3164
D15 65
N C66
PD1 67
PD268
PD369
PD4 70
N C71
VSS 72
SIM602
VSS1
D 02
D163
D 14
D175
D 26
D187
D 38
D199
VCC10
N C11
A 012
A 113
A 214
A 315
A 416
A 517
A 618
A1019
D 420
D2021
D 522
D2123
D 624
D2225
D 726
D2327
A 728
N C29
VCC30
A 831
A 932
RAS333
RAS234
N C35
N C36
N C37
N C38
VSS39
CAS0 40
CAS241
CAS3 42
CAS143
RAS0 44
RAS145
N C46
W E 47
N C48
D 8 49
D2450
D 9 51
D2552
D1053
D26 54
D1155
D27 56
D1257
D28 58
VCC59
D29 60
D1361
D3062
D14 63
D3164
D15 65
N C66
PD1 67
PD268
PD369
PD4 70
N C71
VSS 72
SIM601
R8144.7K R815
4.7K
R946
33
C6460.1uF
C6470.1uF
C6710.1uF
C6720.1uF
JP605
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND GND
GND
GND
TP615
TP620
TP616
TP621
TP618
TP622
TP623
TP617
TP604
(10/12-D2) (10/12-D2)
(10/12-D2)
(1012/-D2)
(10/12-E2)
(10/12-E2)
(10/12-D2)
(10/12-D2)
(10/12-D2)
(10/12-D2)
(3/12-B1)
(10/12-D3)
(12/12-F2)
(12/12-F2)
TP602 TP603
R817
10K
R81610K
VCCVCC
(10/12-D2) (10/12-D2)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-8
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Image controller (5/12)D[31..0]
BE0L
BE1L
EEPROML
EEPOEL
EEPWEL
A[31..2]
DTRL
IOSELL
SCU0L
RST
IORDL
IOWRL
232INTL
7.3728MHz
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
645ID0
645ID1
645ID2
645ID3
645ID4
645ID5
645ID6
645ID7
D[31..0]
ID0
ID1
ID2
ID3
ID4
ID5
ID6
ID7
541IA0
541IA1
IA0
IA1
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
IA[2..0]
A[31..2]
A2 541IA2
IA0
ID0
ID1
ID2
ID3
ID4
ID5
ID6
ID7
645ID[7..0]
541IA[2..0]
IA2
VCC
VCC
VCC
A12
A23
A34
A45
A56
A67
A78
A89
B1 18
B217
B316
B4 15
B514
B6 13
B712
B8 11
DIR1
EG19
U604
C1+12
C1-14
C2+15
C2-16
T1I7
T2I6
T4I21
VCC 11
V+13
V- 17
GND 10
T1O2
T2O 3
EN24
SHDN25
R5O19
R4O22
R3O26
R2O5
R1O8
T3I20
T3O1
T4O28
R1I9
R2I4
R3I 27
R4I23
R5I 18
U627
A0 10
A19
A2 8
A37
A4 6
A55
A64
A7 3
A825
A9 24
A1021
A11 23
A122
IO011
IO112
IO213
IO315
IO416
IO517
IO618
IO719
CE20
OE22
WE27
A141
A1326
U619
C6370.1uF
C6220.1uF
L628
L626
L627
L625
CD1
TD2
RD3
DSR4
GND5
DTR6
CTS7
RTS8
RI9
CN605
C6030.1uF
C6020.1uF
C7390.1uF
C6140.1uF
C6360.1uF
C6200.1uF
R605100
R604100
R8121k
R81310K
IO_RDL
IO_WRL DB78
DB67
DB56
DB45
DB32
DB21
DB128
DB027
CS11
RD13
WR10
TRNRDY15
RCVRDY14
SYNC/BRK16
TRNEMP18
CLOCK20
CMDT12
TRNDT19
RCVDT 3
RTS23
DTR24
CTS17
DSR22
TRNCLK9
RCVCLK 25
RST21
GND4
VCC26
U632
GND
GND
GND
GND
VCC
VCC
R96410K
232CLK
R103210K
GND
541IA[2..0]
IA[2..0]IA[2..0]
645ID[7..0]
ID[7..0]
98
U631D
GND
TP634
TP636
A12
A23
A34
A45
A56
A67
A78
A89
B118
B2 17
B316
B4 15
B514
B6 13
B712
B811
DIR1
EG19
U603
VCC
R60310K
(1/12-C2)
(2/12-F8)
(10/12-F6)
(11/12-F2)
(10/12-D2)
(11/12-A5)
(10/12-D2)
(10/12-C2)
(7/12-B7)
(7/12-F1)
(8/12-E8)
(9/12-D8)
(7/12-D1)
(10/12-C6)
(12/12-A7)
(12/12-B2)
(12/12-A7)
(6/12-F7) (7/12-F7) (8/12-F8) (9/12-E7) (12/12-D2)
C6210.1uF
C6380.1uF
FG
(11/12-A5)
(10/12-D2)
(1/12-C6)
(1/12-D6)
(7/12-C1)
(10/12-C6)
(10/12-C6)
(11/12-F2)
(7/12-B7)
(7/12-F1)
(8/12-E8)
(9/12-D8)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-9
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Image controller (6/12)
ID[7..0]
CFFL
CRDL
CEFL
CRSTL
CWRL
CSTBH
CACKL
CBSYH
PE
SELECT
NFAULT
SELIN
INIT
AFXT
CHFL
IVCC
IVCC
FG
IVCC
ID0
ID1
ID2
ID3
ID4
ID5
ID6
ID7
ID[7..0]
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
D07
D1 6
D25
D3 4
D431
D5 30
D629
D728
D8 3
RS25
WR 2
FL/RT26
XI 8
Q010
Q111
Q213
Q314
Q419
Q520
Q621
Q722
Q815
FF9
RD18
EF24
XO/HF23
U622R1030
330R1028
330R1026
330R1024
330R1022
330R1020
330R1018
330R1016
330
D602
5 6
U620C
9 8
U620D
11 10
U620E
13 12
U620F
5 6
U601C
C717470pF
R1014
100
R10151K
C719470pF
R1008100
R1006100
C738470pF
R1038100
R10121K
D601
R10411K
R97410K
R97510K
R97110K
R97210K
R10314.7K
R10294.7K
R10274.7K
R10254.7K
R10234.7K
R10214.7K
R10194.7K
R10174.7K
R10133.3K
R10113.3K
R10103.3K
R10093.3K
R10073.3K
R10053.3K
R10393.3K
C7180.01u
R10403.3K
C7360.1uF
/STB1
DATA02
DATA13
DATA24
DATA35
DATA46
DATA57
DATA68
DATA79
/ACK10
BUSY11
PE12
SELECT13
/AFD14
NC.15
GND16
FG17
+5V18
GND19
GND20
GND21
GND22
GND23
GND24
GND25
GND26
GND27
GND28
GND29
GND30
/INIT31
/FAULT32
GND33
NC.34
+5V35
/SELIN36
CN604
R986
10K
R985
10K
R984
10K
R983
10K
R982
10K
R981
10K
R980
10K
R979
10K
C7200.1uF
C7160.1uF
C7150.1uF
C6410.1uF
R97647
R97747
R97810K VCC
C7210.1uF
L613
L611
L612
L614
L615
L616
L617
L618
L619
L620
L621
L610
L609
L608
FG
FG
L606
L607
FG
L623
L624
L622
C729
330PF
C728
330PF
C727
330PF
C726
330PF
C725
330PF
C724
330PF
C723
330PF
C722
330PF
GND
FG
1 3
2
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
12
U621A
34
U621B
56
U621C
98
U621D
1110
U621E
(5/12-F5)(7/12-F7)(8/12-F8)(9/12-E7)(12/12-D2)
(10/12-C2)
GND
(6/12-B1)
(6/12-E4)
(6/12-F4)
GND
GND
D12
Q119
D23
Q218
D3 4Q317
D45
Q416
D5 6Q515
D67
Q614
D7 8Q713
D89
Q812
CLK 11OC1
U623
L629
L630
(10/12-C2)
(10/12-C2)
(8/12-C5)
(10/12-C2)
(10/12-C2)
(10/12-B2)
(10/12-B2)
(10/12-B2)
(10/12-B2)
(10/12-B2)
(10/12-B2)
(10/12-B2)
(10/12-B2)
(10/12-B2)
(6/12-B1)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-10
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
RD
WR
CS
C633
(1/12-C6)
220
Image controller (7/12)
ID[7..0]
IA[2..0]
SCU2L
PTCL
RESETL
ABORTL
REFL
EVENTL
RST
IO_RDL
IO_WRL
7.3728MHz
ID0
ID1
ID2
ID3
ID4
ID5
ID6
ID7
ID7
ID6
ID5
ID4
ID3
ID2
ID1
ID0IA0
IA0
IA1
IA[2..0]
ID[7..0]
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
D08
D17
D25
D34
D443
D542
D641
D740
32
37
A029
A130
31
CLK0 9
G0 15
OUT0 10
CLK1 24
G1 19
OUT1 18
CLK2 27
G2 25
OUT2 26
U610
ST3
A5
B6
C7
VCC8
GND4
OUT 1
OUT2 2
Y601
C6540.1uF
C6760.1uF
C6700.1uF
C6590.1uF
D12
CLK11
Q 9
Q 8
PR
10C
L13
U605B
VCC
R874
33
C65533P
RSTL
R638
33CENCK
ID7A9
IA0A1
ID0A2
ID6A8
ID1A3
ID2A4
ID3A5
ID4A6
ID5A7
SCU2L B1
DBINTL B9
IO_RDL B2
IO_WRL B3
GND B4
RST B11
GND B6
ABORTL B7
RESETL B8
INTL B10
GNDA10
VCCA11
DBCLK B5
CN601
GND
GND
GND
D08
D17
D25
D34
D443
D542
D641
D740
RD32
WR37
A029
A130
CS31
CLK0 9
G015
OUT0 10
CLK1 24
G1 19
OUT1 18
CLK2 27
G2 25
OUT2 26
U609
VCC
VCC
VCC
ENGCLK
232CLK
DBINTL
INTL
GND
GND
VCC
RSVCS2L
IA0
IA1
ID0
ID1
ID2
ID3
ID4
ID5
ID6
ID7
OSINTL
R876
33
R878
33
C66133P
GND
R877
33
C66033P
GND
C6750.1uF
C6440.1uF
DBCLK
IO_RDL
IO_WRL
DBCLK
IA[2..0]IA[2..0]
GND
DTRL
SCU2L
VCC
R103710K
R103610K
R103510K
R103410K
C634
0.1uF 0.1uF
C632
0.1uF
C631
0.1uF
R790
R791
220
R792
220
R793
220
GND
A12
A23
A34
A45
A56
A67
A78
A89
B1 18
B2 17
B3 16
B4 15
B5 14
B613
B7 12
B8 11
DIR1 EG 19
U614
A12
A23
A34
A45
A56
A67
A78
A89
B1 18
B2 17
B3 16
B4 15
B5 14
B6 13
B7 12
B8 11
DIR1
EG 19
U615
(1/12-D8)
(1/12-C6)
(1/12-C6)
(1/12-D6)
(5/12-C8)
(9/12-C8)
(10/12-C2)
(5/12-E6)
(5/12-E6)
(7/12-B1)
(12/12-B2)
(9/12-C8)
(5/12-C8)
(7/12-E1)
(10/12-E2)
(1/12-C6)
(1/12-C6)
(10/12-C2)
(10/12-E6)
(1/12-C2)
(10/12-C2)
(5/12-F5) (6/12-F7) (8/12-F8) (9/12-E7) (12/12-D2)
(12/12-B2)
(8/12-D5)
(1/12-D6)
(5/12-E6)
(10/12-C2)
D2
CLK3
Q5
Q 6
PR
4
CL
1
U605A
GND
ACKTB
ACKTA
(8/12-C5)
(5/12-E6)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-11
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Image controller (8/12)
IO_RDL
IO_WRL
PIAL
IA[2..0]
ID[7..0]
ATP0
ATP1
RST
CHFL
ID0
ID1
ID2
ID3
ID4
ID5
ID6
ID7
ID0
ID1
ID2
ID3
ID4
ID5
ID6
ID7
IA0
IA1
IA[2..0]
ID[7..0]
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
D031
D130
D229
D328
D427
D526
D625
D724
A05
A14
RD44
WR35
CS2
RESET32
VDD23
GND3
PA0 43
PA1 42
PA2 41
PA3 40
PA4 39
PA5 38
PA6 37
PA7 36
PB0 14
PB1 15
PB2 16
PB3 18
PB4 19
PB5 20
PB6 21
PB7 22
PC0 10
PC1 11
PC2 12
PC3 13
PC4 9
PC5 8
PC6 7
PC7 6
U634
R1080
10K
C7350.1uF
C7140.1uF
C7330.1uF
R1072
10K
VCC
D031
D130
D229
D328
D427
D526
D625
D724
A05
A14
RD44
WR35
CS2
RESET32
VDD23
GND3
PA0 43
PA1 42
PA2 41
PA3 40
PA4 39
PA5 38
PA6 37
PA7 36
PB0 14
PB1 15
PB2 16
PB3 18
PB4 19
PB5 20
PB6 21
PB7 22
PC0 10
PC1 11
PC2 12
PC3 13
PC4 9
PC5 8
PC6 7
PC7 6
U629
RSVCS1L
ACKTA
ACKTB
IA0
IA1
R1079
10K
R1078
10K
R1077
10K
R1076
10K
R1075
10K
R1074
10K
R1073
10K
R1085
10K
R1084
10K
R1083
10K
R1082
10K
R1081
10K
R1071
10K
R1070
10K
R1069
10K
R1068
10K
R1067
10K
R798
10K
R799
10K
R785
4.7K
R784
4.7K
R786
4.7K
R796
10K
R797
10K
R807220
R806220
R805220
R804220
R803220
R802220
R801220
R800220
C630
47P
C629
47P
C628
47P
C627
47P
C626
47P
C625
47P
C624
47P
C623
47P
GND
C7340.1uF
SOFTSW
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
R1066
10K
R1065
10K
R1064
10K
R1063100
R1062100
R1061100
R1060100
R1059100
R1058100
R1057100
R1056100
R1055100
R1054100
R1053100
R1052100
R1051100
R1050100
R934100
R933100
C76982p
C76882p
C76782p
C76682p
C76582p
C76482p
C76382p
C76282p
C76182p
C76082p
C75982p
C75882p
C75782p
C75682p
C69582p
C69482p
VCC
GND
GND
PLED8
PLED9
R/W
RS
VEE
LCDE (8/12-D4) PLED[9..8]
PLED[9..8](8/12-D5)
(8/12-E5)
(1/12-E8)
VCC
R601
330
R602
330
LED601
LED602
TP650
TP661
TP649
TP660
TP648
TP659
TP647
TP658
TP646
TP657
TP645
TP656
TP644
TP655
TP643
TP654
TP642
TP653
TP641
TP652
TP640
TP651
PG
CPURSTL
R1049100
R1048100
R1047100
R1046100
R1045100
R1044100
R1043100
R1042100
R929100
R930100
R931100
R932100
R9281K
C6891000p
C69382p
C69282p
C69182p
C69082p
C74882p
C74982p
C75082p
C75182p
C75282p
C75382p
C75482p
C75582p
VCC
GND
GND
(1/12-D8)
(8/12-C4)
(8/12-C4)
R/W
RS
VEE
LCDE(8/12-D6)
34U631B
56U631C
C6170.1uF
PVCC
PG
GND
VCC
L604
BLM21B03PT
L603
BLM21B03PT
VCC
R808
10K
R809
10K R922
10K
R923
10K
R924
10K
VCC
R925
10K
VCC
R940
4.7K
15
C
DA605A
16
C
DA605B
42
C
DA605C
43
C
DA605D
15
C
DA609A
16
C
DA609B
42
C
DA609C
43
C
DA609D
15
C
DA613A
16
C
DA613B
42
C
DA613C
43
C
DA613D
15
C
DA615A
16
C
DA615B
42
C
DA615C
43
C
DA615D
15
C
DA610A
16
C
DA610B
42
C
DA610C
43
C
DA610D
15
C
DA606A
16
C
DA606B
42
C
DA606C
43
C
DA606D
15
C
DA602A
16
C
DA602B
42
C
DA602C
43
C
DA602D
24
C
DA603A
34
C
DA603B
51
C
DA603C
61
C
DA603D
24
C
DA607A
34
C
DA607B
51
C
DA607C
61
C
DA607D
24
C
DA611A
34
C
DA611B
51
C
DA611C
61
C
DA611D
24
C
DA612A
34
C
DA612B
51
C
DA612C
61
C
DA612D
24
C
DA608A
34
C
DA608B
51
C
DA608C
61
C
DA608D
24
C
DA604A
34
C
DA604B
51
C
DA604C
61
C
DA604D
24
C
DA601A
34
C
DA601B
51
C
DA601C
61
C
DA601D
61
DA614A
52
DA614B
1 2U601A
3 4U601B
3 4U630B
74LS14
VCC
R927
10K
R926
10K
R967
330
GND
TP630
TP631
CTSL
(5/12-F5)
(6/12-F7)
(7/12-F7)
(9/12-E7)
(12/12-D2)
(12/12-B2)
(5/12-E6)
(5/12-E6)
(10/12-C2)
(1/12-D6)
(10/12-C2)
(9/12-E1)
(8/12-D2)
(8/12-D2)
(10/12-B2)
(10/12-B2)
(7/12-D8)
(7/12-C8)
(6/12-E7)
9 8
U601D
11 10
U601E
13 12
U601F
1110
U630E
1312
U630F
98U630D
43
DA614C
PDAT0
PDAT1
PDAT2
PDAT3
PDAT4
PDAT5
PDAT6
PDAT7
PLED0
PLED1
PLED2
PLED3
PLED4
PLED5
PLED6
PLED7
PLED0
PLED1
PLED2
PLED3
PLED4
PLED5
PLED6
PLED7
PLED8
PLED9
PDAT0
PDAT1
PDAT2
PDAT3
PDAT4
PDAT5
PDAT6
PDAT7
PKEY0
PKEY1
PKEY2
PKEY3
PKEY4
PKEY5
PKEY0
PKEY1
PKEY2
PKEY3
PKEY4
PKEY5
R787
4.7K
R788
4.7K
R789
4.7K
PKEY01
PKEY12
PKEY23
PKEY34
PKEY45
PKEY56
PLED010
PLED111
PLED212
PLED313
PLED414
PLED515
PLED616
PLED717
PLED818
PLED919
PDAT023
PDAT124
PDAT225
PDAT326
PDAT428
PDAT529
PDAT630
PDAT731
LCDE33
VEE34
RS35
R/W37
VSS36
CPURSTL39
VSS38
PVCC40
VSS9
VSS32
VSS22
VSS27
BUZZER7
RSV18
RSV220
RSV321
CN602
1 12
2 11
3 10
4 9
5 8
6 7
DSW601
R968
10K
R965
10K
TP632
TP633
R1086
4.7K
R1087
4.7K
VCC
R795
4.7K
BUZZER (8/12-F1)5 6
U630C
BUZZER(8/12-D5)
GND
(8/12-D4)
(8/12-D4)
(8/12-D4)
(8/12-D6)
(8/12-D6)
(8/12-D6)
PVCC
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-12
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
CS
RD
WR
RTS
DTR
CTS
DSR
TRNCLK
RCVCLK
EG
Image controller (9/12)
PIX[7..0]
VENB
RAMRDL
RAMWRL
SRA[14..0] SRD[7..0]
PIXCLK
PIX0
PIX1
PIX2
PIX3
PIX4
PIX5
PIX6
PIX7
XPIX0
XPIX1
XPIX2
XPIX3
XPIX4
XPIX5
XPIX6
XPIX7
PIX[7..0]
SRA0
SRA1
SRA2
SRA3
SRA4
SRA5
SRA6
SRA7
SRA8
SRA9
SRA10
SRA11
SRA12
SRA13
SRA14
SRD0
SRD1
SRD2
SRD3
SRD4
SRD5
SRD6
SRD7
SRD[7..0]SRA[14..0]
XPIX0 XPIX1
XPIX2 XPIX3
XPIX4 XPIX5
XPIX6 XPIX7
XPIX[7..0]
EXT0
EXT1
EXT2
EXT3
EXT4
EXT5
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
A12
Y118
A23 Y2 17
A34
Y316
A45 Y4 15
A56
Y514
A67 Y6 13
A78
Y712
A89
Y811
G11
G219
U625R991
22R992
22R993
22R994
22R995
22R996
22R997
22R998
22
A010
A19
A28
A37
A46
A55
A64
A73
A825
A924
A1021
A1123
A122
A1326
A141
I/O011
I/O1 12
I/O213
I/O3 15
I/O416
I/O5 17
I/O618
I/O719
WE27
OE22
CS 20
U628
R98910K
R98710K
R95
610
K
R96
110
K
R96
210
K
R96
310
K
R96
010
K
R95
910
K
R95
810
K
R95
710
K
C7400.1uF
C7310.1uF
C7320.1uF
C6970.1uF
C7300.1uF
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CN606
B1
PSG 3
CB2
CG4
L605
R988220
R9900
R811330
LED605
DB78
DB67
DB56
DB45
DB32
DB21
DB128
DB027
11
13
10
TRNRDY15
RCVRDY14
SYNC/BRK16
TRNEMP18
CLOCK20
CMDT12
TRNDT19
RCVDT 3
23
24
17
22
9
25
RST21
GND4
VCC 26
U633
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
VCC
GND
RST
RXINT
7.3728MHz
VCC
R97310K
GND
ENGCLK
IO_RDLIO_WRL
IA[2..0]
SCU1L
ID[7..0]
IA0
R103310K
GND
VCC
R96610K
TXINT
GND
TP662
TP635
TP601
TP638
TP639
TP637
R100210K
R100410K
R99910K
VCC
1110
U63
1E
1312
U63
1F
C747
47P
C741
47P
C742
47P
C743
47P
C745
47P
C746
47P
GND
C71147P
C70947P
C70747P
C70347P
C70147P
C71347P
GND
C71047P
C70847P
C70647P
C70247P
C70047P
C69947P
C71247P
GND
C69847P
C70547PC70447P
A12
A23
A34
A45
A56
A67
A78
A89
B118
B2 17
B316
B415
B5 14
B613
B7 12
B811
DIR1 19
U626
VCC
R100022
R100122
R1003
22
1312U621F
12U630A
C639100uF
C635100uF
C604100uF
C601100uF
ID0
ID1
ID2
ID3
ID4
ID5
ID6
ID7
CTSL (8/12-C5)
(10/12-F2)
(10/12-F2)
(10/12-F6)
(5/12-F5)(6/12-F7)(7/12-F7)(8/12-F8)(12/12-D2)
(12/12-B2)
(10/12-C2)
(1/12-C6)
(7/12-D1)
(1/12-D6)
(7/12-C1)
(10/12-F6)
(10/12-B3)
(10/12-B3)
(10/12-F6)
(5/12-E6)
C7370.1uF
C6400.1uF
C7700.1uF
C6430.1uF
GND
GND
R7944.7K
34
U624B
12
U624A
5 6U624C
9 8U624D
11 10U624E
13 12U624F
EXT4A16
VENBA1
PIXCLKA2
VCCA3
PIX0A4
PIX2A5
PIX4A6
GNDA7
PIX6A8
RXDA9
GNDA10
RTSA11
CPRDYA12
DTRA13
EXT0A14
EXT2A15
EXT5 B16
PIXRDYB1
VCCB2
VCCB3
PIX1B4
PIX3 B5
PIX5B6
GND B7
PIX7B8
TXD B9
GNDB10
CTSB11
PPRDY B12
DSRB13
EXT1 B14
EXT3B15
CN607
VCC
VCC
VCC
11
22
CN603RSINT(10/12-B3)
JP603
(5/12-E6)
(1/12-C6)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-13
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Image controller (10/12)
A[31..2]
D[31..0]
SRA[14..0]
SRD[7..0]
RSTL
PIXCLK
BE3L
BE2L
BE1L
BE0L
ADSL
RDL
WAITL
DENL
BLASTL
READYL
FROML
FOEL
FWE3L
FWE0L
BFROML
BFOEL
EEPROML
EEPOEL
EEPWEL
PIX[7..0]
VENB
GMA[10..0]
GMD[31..0]
REFL
RAS3L
RAS2L
RAS0L
CAS3AL
CAS2AL
CAS1AL
CAS0AL
CAS3BL
CAS2BL
CAS1BL
CAS0BL
DWEL
SM1T1SM1T0IOSELL
IORDL
IOWRL
SCU0L
SCU2L
PTCL
PIAL
CEFL
CFFL
CRSTL
CRDL
CWRL
CSTBH
CBSYH
CACKL
AFXT
INIT
SELIN
PE
SELECT
NFAULT
ATP0
ATP1
RAMRDL
RAMWRL
CLL
PCLK1
CENCK
A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18A19A20A21A22A23A24A25A26A27A28A29A30A31
D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7D8D9D10D11D12D13D14D15D16D17D18D19D20D21D22D23D24D25D26D27D28D29D30D31
SRA0SRA1SRA2SRA3SRA4SRA5SRA6SRA7SRA8SRA9SRA10SRA11SRA12SRA13SRA14
SRD0SRD1SRD2SRD3SRD4SRD5SRD6SRD7
GMA0GMA1GMA2GMA3GMA4GMA5GMA6GMA7GMA8GMA9GMA10
GMD0GMD1GMD2GMD3GMD4GMD5GMD6GMD7GMD8GMD9GMD10GMD11GMD12GMD13GMD14GMD15GMD16GMD17GMD18GMD19GMD20GMD21GMD22GMD23GMD24GMD25GMD26GMD27GMD28GMD29GMD30GMD31
PIX
0P
IX1
PIX
2P
IX3
PIX
4P
IX5
PIX
6P
IX7
A[31..2]
D[31..0]
SRA[14..0]
SRD[7..0]
PIX[7..0]
GMA[10..0]
GMD[31..0]
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
L602
NFM61R00T101
C6190.1uF
C6810.1uF
C6780.1uF
C6790.1uF
C6800.1uF
C6860.1uF
C6870.1uF
C6850.1uF
C6840.1uF
C6830.1uF
C6820.1uF
C6960.1uF
VCC
6
VCC
21
VCC
36
VCC
51
VCC
65
VCC
66
VCC
79
VCC
80
VCC
95
VCC
110
VCC
111
VCC
125
VCC
140
VCC
141
VCC
154
VCC
169
VCC
183
VCC
184
VCC
199
VCC
213
VCC
214
VCC
228
VCC
229
VCC
243
VCC
258
VCC
259
VCC
273
VCC
287
GN
D9
GN
D24
GN
D39
GN
D54
GN
D68
GN
D69
GN
D82
GN
D83
GN
D90
GN
D98
GN
D10
7
GN
D11
3
GN
D11
9
GN
D12
2
GN
D12
8
GN
D13
1
GN
D13
8
GN
D14
3
GN
D15
7
GN
D16
1
GN
D17
2
GN
D17
5
GN
D18
7
GN
D18
8
GN
D20
2
GN
D21
7
GN
D21
8
GN
D23
1
GN
D23
2
GN
D24
1
GN
D24
6
GN
D25
5
GN
D26
1
GN
D26
7
GN
D27
6
GN
D29
1
GN
D29
6
PCLK150
CCLK153
RSTL8
A3110
A3011
A2912
A2813
A2714
A2615
A2516
A2417
A2318
A2219
A2120
A2022
A1923
A1825
A1726
A1627
A1528
A1429
A1330
A1231
A1132
A1033
A934
A835
A737
A638
A540
A441
A342
A243
BE3L47
BE2L46
BE1L45
BE0L44
ADSL48
RDL49
WAITL7
DENL5
BLASTL50
READYL75
D31235
D30236
D29237
D28238
D27239
D26240
D25242
D24244
D23245
D22247
D21248
D20249
D19250
D18251
D17252
D16253
D15254
D14256
D13257
D12260
D11262
D10263
D9264
D8265
D7266
D6268
D5269
D4270
D3271
D2272
D1274
D0275
MA10 160
MA9 162
MA8 163
MA7 164
MA6 165
MA5 167
MA4 168
MA3 170
MA2 171
MA1 173
MA0 174
MD31 76
MD30 77
MD29 78
MD28 81
MD27 84
MD26 85
MD25 86
MD24 87
MD23 88
MD22 89
MD21 91
MD20 92
MD19 93
MD18 94
MD17 96
MD16 97
MD15 99
MD14 100
MD13 101
MD12 102
MD11 103
MD10 104
MD9 105
MD8 106
MD7 108
MD6 109
MD5 112
MD4 114
MD3 115
MD2 116
MD1 117
MD0 118
RAS5L 137
RAS4L 136
RAS3L 135
RAS2L 134
RAS1L 133
RAS0L 132
CAS3AL 124
CAS2AL 123
CAS1AL 121
CAS0AL 120
CAS3BL 130
CAS2BL 129
CAS1BL 127
CAS0BL 126
DWEL 55
CLL 152
N620L 146
SM2T1 145
SM2T0 144
SM1T1 142
SM1T0 139
REFL 147
FROML176
FOEL177
FWE3L181
FWE2L180
FWE1L179
FWE0L178
BFROML189
BFOEL190
EEPROML191
EEPOEL192
EEPWEL193
IOSELL 182
IORDL 186
IOWRL 185
SCU01L 197
SCU0L 194
SCU1L 195
SCU2L 196
PTCL 198
PIAL 295
DIPRDL 294
RSVCS1L 278
RSVCS2L 279
RSVCS3L 277
RSVCSL 200
RSVOEL 201
RSVWRL 203
CEFL 156
CFFL 158
CSTBH 148
CBSYH 280
CACKL 281
CRSTL 293
CRDL 285
CWRL 286
CDWRL 289
COEL 292
GN
D29
0
AFXT 149
INIT 151
SELIN 155
PE 282
SELECT 283
NFAULT 284
ATP1 2
ATP0 1
SRA14204
SRA13205
SRA12206
SRA11207
SRA10208
SRA9209
SRA8210
SRA7211
SRA6212
SRA5215
SRA4216
SRA3219
SRA2220
SRA1221
SRA0222
SRD7223
SRD6224
SRD5225
SRD4226
SRD3227
SRD2230
SRD1233
SRD0234
VCC
288
RAMRDL 57
RAMWRL 56
PIX
758
PIX
659
PIX
560
PIX
461
PIX
362
PIX
263
PIX
164
PIX
067
PIX
CLK
3
SCLK
73
TXD
74
RXD
52
RSI
NT
70
RXI
NT
72
TXIN
T71
VEN
B4
SKY_SELL 53
VCC
159
GN
D16
6
U617
R917100
R717100
R699100
R698100
R716100
RSVCS1L
C618
4700p
R919
100 R918
100
R920 100
GND
GND
RAS5L
RAS4L
RAS1L
SM2T1SM2T0
RSINT
TP629 SCU01L
TP611 DIPRDL
TP614 RSVCS3L
TP613 CDWRL
TP612 COEL
TP606TXINT
TP608 RXINT
TP607RXD
TP610TXD
GND
GND
SCU1L
RSVCS2L
TP609SCLK
TP628FWE2L
TP627FWE1L
BOOTCSL
BOOTOEL
BOOTWRL
GND
GND
(1/12-D6)
(1/12-D2)
(1/12-C2)
(1/12-D2)
(1/12-C2)
(1/12-C2)
(2/12-C8)
(2/12-C8)
(2/12-B8)
(11/12-A5)
(2/12-C8)
(2/12-B8)
(2/12-B8)
(5/12-B8)
(5/12-B8)
(5/12-B8)
(9/12-F7)
(9/12-E8)
(12/12-F7)
(12/12-F7)
(7/12-D4)
(4/12-B8)
(4/12-C8)
(4/12-C8)
(4/12-C8)
(3/12-B8)
(3/12-B8)
(3/12-B8)
(3/12-B8)
(3/12-B8)
(3/12-B8)
(4/12-B8)
(4/12-B8)
(4/12-B8)
(4/12-B8)
(3/12-B8)
(4/12-C2)(4/12-C2)(4/12-C5)(4/12-C5)
(5/12-F8)
(5/12-E8)
(5/12-E8)
(5/12-D8)
(9/12-D8)
(7/12-E5)(7/12-F1)
(7/12-B5)
(8/12-E8)
(8/12-C8)
(7/12-B3)
(2/12-B8)
(2/12-B8)
(2/12-B8)
(6/12-E7)
(6/12-E7)
(6/12-E7)
(6/12-E7)
(6/12-E7)
(6/12-D7)
(6/12-D7)
(6/12-D7)
(6/12-C7)
(6/12-C7)
(6/12-C7)
(6/12-D7)
(6/12-C7)
(6/12-C7)
(8/12-D5)
(8/12-D5)
(4/12-B2)
(9/12-E8)
(11/12-F2)
(2/12-F8)(5/12-F8)(11/12-F2)
(9/12-B7)
(9/12-B3)
(1/12-D2)
(7/12-B4)
(1/12-D6)
(9/12-A7)
(9/12-A7)
(1/12-C6)(9/12-F2)
(11/12-A5)
(11/12-A5)
(11/12-A5)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-14
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Image controller (11/12)
CA[31..2]
CD[31..0]
CBE3L
CBE2L
CBE1L
CBE0L
CA[31..2]
CA2
CA3
CA4
CA5
CA6
CA7
CA8
CA9
CA10
CA11
CA12
CA13
CA14
CA15
CA16
CA17
CA18
CA19
CA20
CA21
CA22
CA23
CA24
CA25
CA26
CA27
CA28
CA29
CA30
CA31
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
A23
A24
A25
A26
A27
A28
A29
A30
A31
CD0
CD1
CD2
CD3
CD4
CD5
CD6
CD7
CD8
CD9
CD10
CD11
CD12
CD13
CD14
CD15
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
D21
D22
D23
D24
D25
D26
D27
D28
D29
D30
D31
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
CD16
CD17
CD18
CD19
CD20
CD21
CD22
CD23
CD24
CD25
CD26
CD27
CD28
CD29
CD30
CD31
CD[31..0]VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
R75133
R75033
R74933
R74833
R74733
R74633
R74533
R74433
R91610K
R91510K
R91410K
R91310K
R91210K
R91110K
R91010K
R90910K
R74333
R74233
R74133
R74033
R73933
R73833
R73733
R73633
R90810K
R90710K
R90610K
R90510K
R90410K
R90310K
R90210K
R90110K
R73533
R73433
R73333
R73233
R73133
R73033
R72933
R72833
R90010K
R89910K
R89810K
R89710K
R89610K
R89510K
R89410K
R89310K
R72733
R72633
R72533
R72433
R72333
R72233
R89210K
R89110K
R89010K
R88910K
R88810K
R88710K
R87333
R87233
R87133
R87033
R86933
R86833
R86733
R86633
R63710K
R63610K
R63510K
R63410K
R63310K
R63210K
R63110K
R63010K
R86533
R86433
R86333
R86233
R86133
R86033
R85933
R85833
R62910K
R62810K
R62710K
R62610K
R62510K
R62410K
R62310K
R62210K
R85733
R85633
R85533
R85433
R85333
R85233
R85133
R85033
R62110K
R62010K
R61910K
R61810K
R61710K
R61610K
R61510K
R61410K
R84933
R84833
R84733
R84633
R84533
R84433
R84333
R84233
R61310K
R61210K
R61110K
R61010K
R60910K
R60810K
R60710K
R60610K
R71833
R71933
R72033
R72133
R88310K
R88410K
R88510K
R88610K
A[31..2]
D[31..0]
BE3L
BE2L
BE1L
BE0L
(1/12-D2) (10/12-E6)
(10/12-D6)
(2/12-F3)(5/12-E8)(10/12-D6)
(5/12-E8)(10/12-D6)
(1/12-F1)(2/12-F8)
(5/12-B8)
(10/12-F6)
(1/12-F1)
(1/12-D2)
(1/12-D2)
(1/12-D2)
(2/12-F8)
(5/12-F8)
(10/12-F6)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-15
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Image controller (12/12)
GMD[31..0]
GMA[10..0]
645ID[7..0]
541IA[2..0]
GMA[10..0]
GMD[31..0]
GMD0
GMD1
GMD2
GMD3
GMD4
GMD5
GMD6
GMD7
GMD8
GMD9
GMD10
GMD11
GMD12
GMD13
GMD14
GMD15
GMD16
GMD17
GMD18
GMD19
GMD20
GMD21
GMD22
GMD23
GMD24
GMD25
GMD26
GMD27
GMD28
GMD29
GMD30
GMD31
MD0
MD1
MD2
MD3
MD4
MD5
MD6
MD7
MD8
MD9
MD10
MD11
MD12
MD13
MD14
MD15
MD16
MD17
MD18
MD19
MD20
MD21
MD22
MD23
MD24
MD25
MD26
MD27
MD28
MD29
MD30
MD31
GMA0
GMA1
GMA2
GMA3
GMA4
GMA5
GMA6
GMA7
GMA8
GMA9
GMA10
MA0
MA1
MA2
MA3
MA4
MA5
MA6
MA7
MA8
MA9
MA10
541IA[2..0]
645ID[7..0]
541IA0
541IA1
541IA2
IA0
IA1
IA2
ID0
ID1
ID2
ID3
ID4
ID5
ID6
ID7
645ID0
645ID1
645ID2
645ID3
645ID4
645ID5
645ID6
645ID7
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
R63922
R64022
R64122
R64222
R64322
R64422
R64522
R64622
R66610K
R66710K
R66810K
R66910K
R67010K
R67110K
R67210K
R67310K
R64722
R64822
R64922
R65022
R65122
R65222
R65322
R65422
R67410K
R67510K
R67610K
R67710K
R67810K
R67910K
R68010K
R68110K
R65522
R65622
R65722
R65822
R65922
R66022
R66122
R66222
R68210K
R68310K
R68410K
R68510K
R68610K
R68710K
R68810K
R68910K
R66322
R66422
R66522
R75222
R75322
R75422
R75522
R75622
R69010K
R69110K
R69210K
R76810K
R76910K
R77010K
R77110K
R77210K
R75722
R75822
R75922
R76022
R76122
R76222
R76322
R76422
R77310K
R77410K
R77510K
R77610K
R77710K
R77810K
R77910K
R78010K
R76522
R76622
R78110K
R78210K
R78310K
R76722
R83333
R83233
R83133
R83033
R82933
R82833
R82733
R82633
R84110K
R84010K
R83910K
R83810K
R83710K
R83610K
R83510K
R83410K
R82510K
R82410K
R82310K
R82233
R82133
R82033
VCC
ID[7..0]
IA[2..0]
MD[31..0]
MA[10..0]MA[10..0]
MD[31..0]
IA[2..0]
ID[7..0]
(5/12-E4)(7/12-E1)(7/12-E7)(8/12-E8)(9/12-E8)
(5/12-F5)(6/12-F7)(7/12-F7)(8/12-F8)(9/12-E7)
(3/12-F8)(4/12-F8)
(10/12-F2)
(5/12-F5)
(10/12-F2)
(5/12-E4)
(3/12-F8)(4/12-F8)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-16
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
C. ENGIN CONTROLLER
(2/17-F8)
(4/17-C7)
Engine controller (1/17)
IRQ6N1
IRQ7N2
VSS3
AD04
AD15
AD26
AD37
AD48
AD59
AD610
AD711
VSS12
AD813
AD914
VCC15
AD1016
AD1117
AD1218
AD1319
AD1420
AD1521
VSS22
A0(HBSN)23
A124
A225
A326
A427
A528A
629
A7
30
VS
S31
A8
32
A9
33
A10
34
A11
35
A12
36
A13
37
A14
38
A15
39
VS
S40
A16
41
A17
42
VC
C43
A18
44
A19
45
A20
46
A21
47
CS
0N48
CA
SH
N49
CS
2N50
CA
SLN
51
VS
S52
CS
4N53
RA
SN
54
PA2/
CS
6N/T
IOC
B0
55
PA3/
CS
7N/W
AIT
N56
WRLN 57WRHN 58RDN 59BACKN 60VSS 61BREQN62PA9 63TIOCA1 64PA11 65DACK0N 66DREQ0N 67DACK1N 68DREQ1N 69
VCC 70CK 71VSS 72EXTAL 73XTAL 74VCC 75NMI 76VCC77WDTOVFN 78RESN 79MD0 80MD1 81MD2 82VCC 83VCC 84AV
CC
85AV
RE
F86
AN
087
AN
188
AN
289
AN
390
AVS
S91
PC
4/A
N4
92P
C5/
AN
593
PC
694
PC
795
VS
S96
PB
0/T
P0/
TIO
CA
297
PB
1/T
P1/
TIO
CB
298
VC
C99
PB
2/T
P2/
TIO
CA
310
0P
B3/
TP
3/T
IOC
B3
101
PB
410
2P
B5
103
PB
610
4P
B7
105
VS
S10
6R
XD
010
7TX
D0
108
RX
D1
109
TXD
111
0IR
Q4N
111
IRQ
5N11
2
U221
Y_ENB
VCC
DB[15..0]
ADR[19..0]
DRAM_CASHN
FROM_CSN
DRAM_CASLN
TETRA_CSN
DRAM_RASN
WRLNWRHNRDNBACKN
BREQN
PM_CLKEC_INTREQ0DACK0NREDREQ0NDACK1NREDREQ1N
GND
SYSTEM_CLK
CPURSTN
DIREGITHERMRANK
GND
CTS0_MC
RTS0_MC
DTR1_IC
DSR1_IC
RXD0_MC
TXD0_MC
RXD1_IC
TXD1_IC
DOT_INTN
MCNT_INTN
C306
0.1uF
ADR0ADR1ADR2ADR3ADR4ADR5
AD
R6
AD
R7
AD
R8
AD
R9
AD
R10
AD
R11
AD
R12
AD
R13
AD
R14
AD
R15
AD
R16
AD
R17
AD
R18
PPCLK
HLDT
TOTORO_CSN
R399 33R401 33R400 33
R333 47
R402 33
R332 47
R395 33
R306 47
R397 33
R350
47
C3310.1uF
C33210uF/50V
N FNF207
VCC VCCVCC
R33047k
R39647k
R40347k
VCC
R23647k
FAN_CONT
KILLERN
A5V
DMA_CONTN
AGND
HABA_VAL
(4/17-C7)
(10/17-D7)
(2/17-D8)
GND
DOOR_VAL
Y_INT
FANSTS
R342 47
R341 4747
47
R339 4747
47R345 47
47R344 47
R340 4747
47R343 47
R334 47
GNDC3040.1uF
C3300.1uF
C307
0.1uF
C30515PF
GND
R329 33EEPCSN
VCC
R39847k
RBN
R40510k
VCC
B1
A2Y 4
V5
G3
U228TC7S08FU
GND
VCC C3290.1uF
Y202(16MHz)
C32815pF
C32715pF
GND GND
DIPMD1
AD
R19
x11
x22
fs33
fs44
oe 8
vcc 6
clkout 5
gnd 7
Y203
GND
R4630
GND
VCC
NF218
VCC
C3780.1uF
GND
R46447
(10/17-C5)
(10/17-C5)
(10/17-E7)
(4/17-D7)
(4/17-D7)
(2/17-D1)(3/17-F7)(5/17-F7)
(4/17-C7)(4/17-C7)
(4/17-B6)(10/17-F1)
(5/17-F3)
(3/17-D7)(17/17-E7)
(12/17-C8)(12/17-E6)(12/17-D4)
(11/17-F5)(11/17-C5)(11/17-B5)(11/17-A5)(11/17-C5)
(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)(4/17-D2)(17/17-E2)
(13/17-D6)
(17/17-F5)(2/17-F2)(17/17-F5)(2/17-F2)(4/17-F7)(2/17-A8)(6/17-B8)(17/17-F5)(2/17-F8)
(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)(4/17-D2)(17/17-E3)
(2/17-F2)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)(5/17-D7)(2/17-F2)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)(5/17-C8)(5/17-F7)
(3/17-F7)
(5/17-D2)
(5/17-C8)
(2/17-F2)
(5/17-C8)
(5/17-D7)
(5/17-C8)
(2/17-C1)(3/17-E7)(5/17-C2)
R349
R348
R346
R338
R337
R347
R336
R335 47
DB0DB1DB2DB3DB4DB5DB6DB7
DB8DB9
DB10DB11DB12DB13DB14DB15
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-17
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Engine controller (2/17)
LPBLPA
SUBH[3..0]
DOT_INTN
HD_CLK
HD_LTCLK
HD_SEL[1..0]
BUFENBNP28SUPP5SUPNHRESETIPIXDT[7..0]IPIXRDY
ICBSY
REGI0PM_CLK
OPIXCLK
OVENBOPPRDYOSBSY
BREQN
DRM_WENDACK[1..0]NBACKNKILLERNRDNWRHNTETRA_CSNWRLNSYSTEM_CLK
DB[15..0]
ADR[10..1]
C2860.1uF
VCC
GND
DA
CK
1ND
AC
K0N
ADR1ADR2ADR3ADR4ADR5ADR6ADR7
ADR8ADR9ADR10
DB0DB1DB2DB3DB4
DB5
DB6
DB7DB8DB9DB10
DB11DB12DB13DB14DB15
IPIX
DT0
IPIX
DT1
IPIX
DT2
IPIX
DT3
IPIX
DT4
IPIX
DT5
IPIX
DT6
IPIX
DT7
HD
_SE
L0H
D_S
EL1
SUBH2SUBH3
SUBH1
SUBH0
HD_DT3
HD_DT2HD_DT1HD_DT0
DR
EQ
0N
DR
EQ
1N
HD_DT21
HD_DT12
HD_DT03
Vcc4
GND5
LPB6
LPA7
HD_LTCLK8
RS09
RS110
HD_CLK11
Vcc12
DOT_INTN14
Vcc15
GND13
GND16
HDSL217
HDSL118
HDSL019
SUBH420
SUBH321
SUBH222
SUBH123
Vcc24
SUBH025
GND26
Vcc27
PORT_A728
GND29
PORT_A630
PORT_A531
PORT_A432
PORT_A333
PORT_A234
PORT_A135
PORT_A036
Vcc37
GND38
PORT_B739
Vcc40
GND41
PORT_B642
PORT_B543
PORT_B444
PORT_B345
PORT_B246
PORT_B147
PORT_B048
Vcc49
GND50
PORT_C751
PO
RT
_C5
53
PO
RT
_C4
54
PO
RT
_C3
55
PO
RT
_C2
56
PO
RT
_C1
57
PO
RT
_C0
58
Vcc
59
GN
D60
HD
_SE
L161
HD
_SE
L062
BU
FE
NB
N63
Vcc
64
GN
D65
P28
SU
P66
P5S
UP
N67
HR
ES
ET
68
Vcc
69
GN
D70
PIX
DT7
71
PIX
DT6
72
PIX
DT5
73
PIX
DT4
74
PIX
DT3
75
Vcc
76
PIX
DT2
77
GN
D78
Vcc
79
PIX
DT1
80
GN
D81
PIX
DT0
82
PIX
RD
Y83
SC
K84
CC
LK85
CB
SY
86
RE
GI1
87
RE
GI0
88
PG
CLK
89
Vcc
90
GN
D91
Vcc
92
GN
D93
PIX
CLK
94
N.C
.95
PH
SE
N96
Vcc
97
GN
D98
VE
NB
99
PP
RD
Y10
0
SB
SY
101
PC
LK10
2
SC
LK10
3
CR
DIR
104
PORT_C652
Vcc105GND 106PGA 107PGAN 108PGB 109PGBN 110HSC_TRG3 111HSC_TRG2 112
HSC_TRG1 113HSC_TRG0 114GND 115Vcc 116GND 117MPU_DB15 118MPU_DB14 119MPU_DB13120MPU_DB12 121MPU_DB11 122GND 123MPU_DB10 124MPU_DB9 125MPU_DB8 126MPU_DB7 127
Vcc 128MPU_DB6 129GND 130Vcc 131MPU_DB5 132GND 133MPU_DB4 134MPU_DB3135MPU_DB2 136MPU_DB1 137MPU_DB0 138Vcc 139GND 140MPU_ADR9 141MPU_ADR8 142
MPU_ADR7 143Vcc 144GND 145MPU_ADR6 146MPU_ADR5 147MPU_ADR4 148MPU_ADR3 149MPU_ADR2 150MPU_ADR1 151MPU_ADR0 152Vcc 153GND 154TDI 155TDO 156
TCK
157
TMS
158
CLK
159
RA
MTE
ST
160
CP
U_C
LK16
1TE
STL
DN
162
TES
TUD
N16
3M
PU
_AS
N16
4M
PU
_LW
RN
165
MP
U_C
SN
166
MP
U_H
WR
N16
7V
cc16
8G
ND
169
MP
U_R
DN
170
TCN
TSL3
171
TCN
TSL2
172
TCN
TSL1
173
TCN
TSL0
174
RE
SE
TN17
5B
AC
KN
176
TRS
T17
7D
AC
K0
178
DA
CK
117
9V
cc18
0G
ND
181
GN
D18
2V
cc18
3P
TRN
_OU
T18
4G
ND
185
DR
M_W
EN
186
DR
M_R
AS
N18
7D
RM
_CA
SN
188
PTR
N_I
NT
189
MC
NT_
INT
190
GN
D19
1V
cc19
2G
ND
193
LPO
UT2
194
LPO
UT1
195
Vcc
196
GN
D19
7D
MA
RE
Q2
198
DM
AR
EQ
119
9D
MA
RE
Q0
200
BR
EQ
N20
1V
cc20
2G
ND
203
DR
M_C
S0
204
DR
M_C
S1
205
DR
M_C
S2
206
DR
M_C
S3
207
HD
_DT
3
208
U212CLK_DA
LD_DADATA_DA
SOL_CONT
MEDIAS_VALPURHP_VAL
CRG_HPVAL
XEXT0IPLOTH
DI_RNKSEL2DI_RNKSEL1DI_RNKSEL0
EC_INTREQ1
R265 33
R267 33
R266 33R268 33
COMCLKCOMDATCOMLTCOMDIR
N FNF206
PPOW_CONL
CRCDET
RD20710k
VCC
RD209 10k
C273
0.1uF
C284
0.1uF
C287
0.1uF
XTANK
GND 1
PAD1PAD
1
PAD2PAD
1PAD4
1PAD3
1
PAD5PAD
(5/17-B8)(1/17-D2)(1/17-C2)(1/17-C2)(1/17-D2)(3/17-F7)(4/17-D2)(17/17-E2)(1/17-C2)(3/17-F7)(5/17-D7)(1/17-C2)(1/17-B2)(1/17-C2)(3/17-F7)(5/17-C8)(5/17-F7)(1/17-C1)(3/17-F7)(4/17-D2)(17/17-E3)
(1/17-B7)(3/17-F7)(5/17-F7)
(1/17-D8)(3/17-E7)(5/17-C2)
(14/17-C8)(14/17-C8)(14/17-C8)(14/17-D8)(3/17-D7)
(10/17-E7)(17/17-F5)(17/17-F3)
(3/17-C7)
(5/17-B8)(5/17-A8)
(1/17-E8)
(4/17-E7)(17/17-E7)(17/17-F3)
(1/17-C2)
DI_RNKSEL[2..0]
CRC_CKCRC_DATA
(11/17-E2)(11/17-D2)(7/17-C8)
(7/17-B8)
(1/17-E8)
(8/17-F8)
(13/17-E8)
(13/17-E8)(13/17-E8)
(8/17-C8)
(12/17-F6)(12/17-D6)
(10/17-E1)(17/17-D8)(4/17-B4)
(12/17-B8)
(14/17-E8)
(9/17-E8)(9/17-E8)
(9/17-E8)
(9/17-F8)(9/17-F8)(9/17-E5)(9/17-F8)(7/17-B8)
(12/17-E6)
(17/17-D8)(6/17-D8)(8/17-D8)
(8/17-C8)(8/17-C8)(8/17-E8)
(17/17-D2)(17/17-F6)
(10/17-D5)
(11/17-D1)(1/17-C2)
HSC_TRG0HSC_TRG1HSC_TRG2HSC_TRG3
(4/17-F7)
CRDIRPGAPGXAPGBPGXB
HSC_TRG[3..0]
HD_DT[3..0]
LPOUT1
MCNT_INTN
DRM_CASNDRM_RASN
DREQ[1..0]N
(7/17-C8)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-18
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Engine controller (3/17)
GND
ADR[9..0]
RDN
TOTORO_CSN
KILLERN
SYSTEM_CLK
GND
VCC
DB[15..0]
HSC_TRG[3..0]
BLKNUM0[2..0]
BLKNUM1[2..0]
BLKNUM2[2..0]
BLKNUM3[2..0]
HOLDTRG[3..0]
EHTP[3..0]
OHTP[3..0]
CRDIRPPCLK
HSC_TRG0HSC_TRG1HSC_TRG2HSC_TRG3
BLK
NU
M00
BLK
NU
M01
BLK
NU
M02
BLK
NU
M10
BLK
NU
M11
BLK
NU
M12
BLK
NU
M20
BLK
NU
M21
BLK
NU
M22
BLK
NU
M30
BLK
NU
M31
BLK
NU
M32
OHTP3OHTP2
OHTP1OHTP0
EHTP3EHTP2
EHTP1EHTP0
AD
R0
AD
R1
AD
R2
AD
R3
AD
R4
AD
R5
AD
R6
AD
R7
AD
R8
AD
R9
WRLN
DB0DB1DB2DB3
DB4DB5DB6DB7
HOLDTRG3HOLDTRG2HOLDTRG1HOLDTRG0
C2110.1uF
C2280.1uF
C2560.1uF
N FNF202
RD205
10k
RD201
10k
C2290.1uF
GND
CLK218
GND19
RESOUTN20
GND21
CRDIRI22
IPPCLK23
GND24
HSYNCTRG025
HSYNCTRG126
HSYNCTRG227
HSYNCTRG328
TEST129
TEST030
VCC31
GND32
TSTOUT033
TSTOUT134 VCC 69GND 70HOLDTRG0 71HOLDTRG1 72HOLDTRG273HOLDTRG3 74GND 75EHTP0 76EHTP1 77GND 78EHTP2 79EHTP3 80
GND 81OHTP0 82OHTP1 83
OHTP3 87
VCC 84GND 85OHTP2 86
E1ELD0 89
GND88
E1ELD1 90E1ELD2 91E1ELD3 92GND 93E0ECLK3 94E0ECLK2 95E0ECLK1 96E0ECLK0 97GND 98EPRTDIR 99EDR 100BLKTYPE 101GND 102VCC1
GND2
MDB03
MDB14
MDB25
MDB36
GND7
VCC8
MDB49
MDB510
MDB611
MDB712
VCC13
TDI14
TDO15
VCC16
GND17
VC
C10
3G
ND
104
CLK
3210
5G
ND
106
TES
TSE
L010
7TE
STS
EL1
108
TES
ETS
EL2
109
GN
D11
0R
ES
ETN
111
GN
D11
2TC
K11
3TM
S11
4TR
ST
115
GN
D11
6A
DD
SE
L11
7V
CC
118
GN
D11
9M
AS
N12
0M
CS
N12
1M
WR
N12
2M
RD
N12
3G
ND
124
MA
B9
125
MA
B8
126
MA
B7
127
MA
B6
128
MA
B5
129
GN
D13
0M
AB
413
1M
AB
313
2M
AB
213
3M
AB
113
4M
AB
013
5G
ND
136
TSTO
UT2
35
TSTO
UT3
36
TSTO
UT4
38
TSTO
UT5
39
TSTO
UT6
40
TSTO
UT7
41
GN
D42
TSTO
UT8
43
TSTO
UT9
44
TSTO
UT1
045
TSTO
UT1
146
BLK
NU
M00
47
BLK
NU
M01
48
BLK
NU
M02
49
VC
C50
GN
D51
BLK
NU
M03
52
GN
D53
BLK
NU
M10
54
BLK
NU
M11
55
BLK
NU
M12
56
BLK
NU
M13
57
GN
D58
BLK
NU
M20
59
BLK
NU
M21
60
BLK
NU
M22
61
BLK
NU
M23
62
GN
D63
BLK
NU
M30
64
BLK
NU
M31
65
BLK
NU
M32
66
BLK
NU
M33
67
GN
D68
GN
D
37
U204
1
PAD10
1 PAD81
PAD9
1
PAD6
1
PAD7
(1/17-C1)(2/17-F2)(4/17-D2)(17/17-E3)
(1/17-D2)(2/17-F2)(4/17-D2)(17/17-E2)
(1/17-B2)
(1/17-C2)(2/17-F2)(5/17-C8)(5/17-F7)
(1/17-C2)(2/17-F2)(5/17-D7)
(1/17-B7)(2/17-D1)(5/17-F7)
(1/17-D8)(2/17-C1)(5/17-C2)
(2/17-B1)(1/17-F3)
(2/17-B1)
(7/17-D8)
(7/17-E8)
(6/17-B8)
(6/17-C8)
(6/17-F8)
(6/17-E8)
(17/17-D7)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-19
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Engine controller (4/17)
TP
710
0
TP82 VCC1
TP93
TP104
TP115
TP126
TP137
TP148
TP159
RES0N10
VSS11
TXD0(RXD0_MC)12
TXD113
RXD0(TXD0_MC)14
RXD115
P94/SCK0/IRQ4N16
P95/SCK1/IRQ5N17
P4018
P4119
P4220
P4321
VSS22
P4423
P4524
P4625P
4726
P30
27
P31
28
P32
29
P33
30
P34
31
P35
32
P36
33
P37
34
VC
C35
P10
36
P11
37
P12
38
P13
39
P14
40
P15
41
P16
42
P17
43
VS
S44
P20
45
P21
46
P22
47
P23
48
P24
49
P25
50
P26 51P27 52P50 53P51 54P5255P53 56VSS 57P60 58P61 59P62 60CK_OUT 61STBYN 62
RESN 63NMI 64VSS 65EXTAL 66XTAL 67VCC 68P63 69P6470P65 71P66 72MD0 73MD1 74MD2 75
AVC
C76
VR
EF
77P
7078
P71
79P
7280
P73
81P
7482
P75
83D
A0
84D
A1
85AV
SS
86P
80/IR
Q0N
87P
81/IR
Q1N
88P
82/IR
Q2N
89P
83/IR
Q3N
90P
8491
VS
S92
TP
093
TP
194
TP
295
TP
396
TP
497
TP
598
TP
6
99
U202
MTP[7..1]
C2060.1uF
VCC
C2500.1uF
KILLERN
SYSTEM_CLK
C2240.1uF
D/A0
D/A1EC_INTREQ0
EC_INTREQ1
C2190.1uF
VCC
GND
R26412k
D204
VCC
GND
C3590.1uF
GND
R44612k
D209
VCC
R437
12k
VCC
R2614.7k
VCC
XEXT5XEXT4XEXT3XEXT2XEXT1XEXT0
GND
N FNF203
C22510uF/50V
DIPMD1
VCC VCC
R20547K
R20447K
A5V
C3581.0uF/50V
INK0INK1
AGND
MTP1MTP2MTP3MTP4MTP5MTP6MTP7
MTP9MTP10MTP11MTP12MTP13MTP14MTP15
R23547k
VCC
C2211000pF
GND
MTP[15..9]
LPOUT1
TANK
SDASCL
GND
R234
47
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 8
J217
GND
XTANK
(16/17-E8)
(15/17-E8)
(11/17-D5)(11/17-E5)
(1/17-C1)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)(17/17-E3)
(1/17-D2)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)(17/17-E2)
(2/17-C8)
(13/17-C1)(13/17-C1)
(12/17-E4)(10/17-E1)(10/17-E1)(10/17-E1)(10/17-E1)(10/17-E1)(10/17-E1)
(1/17-E3)(10/17-F1)
(1/17-C2)
(2/17-C7)
(2/17-F8)
(15/17-D8)(15/17-F6)
(16/17-D8)(16/17-F6)
RXD0_MC
RTS0_MC
TXD0_MC
CTS0_MC
Y_INTY_ENB
HINKCONNHINK
INKCONN
(1/17-E8)
(1/17-E8)
(1/17-F8)(1/17-F8)(1/17-D6)(1/17-D6)
(12/17-E4)
(11/17-C1)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-20
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Engine controller (5/17)
VCC1
D02
D13
D24
D35
VCC6
D47
D58
D69
D710
NC11
NC15
NC16
WEN17
RASN18
NC19
NC20
A021
A122
A223
A324
VCC25 VSS 26
OEN 33UCASN 34LCASN 35NC 36
NC 40D8 41D9 42D10 43D11 44VSS 45D12 46D13 47D14
48D15 49VSS 50
A9 32
A831
A7 30
A6 29
A5 28
A4 27
U216
ADR[19..0]
DB[15..0]
WRLN
FROM_CSNRDN
WRLN
DRM_WEN
DRM_RASN
DRAM_RASN
DRAM_CASLN
DRAM_CASHN
DRM_CASN
VCC VCCVCC
GND
VCC
ADR14ADR13ADR12ADR11ADR10ADR9
ADR1ADR2ADR3ADR4
ADR5ADR6ADR7ADR8ADR9ADR10
DB7DB6DB5DB4DB3DB2DB1DB0
DB15DB14DB13DB12
DB11DB10DB9DB8
R33147K
R30747K
ADR18ADR8ADR7ADR6ADR5ADR4
DB3DB10DB2DB9DB1DB8DB0
RBN1
A122
A73
A64
A55
A46
A37
A28
A19
A010
DQ011
DQ112
DQ213
VSS14 DQ3 15DQ4 16DQ5 17DQ6 18DQ7 19CSN20A10 21RDN 22A11 23A9 24A8 25NC 26WEN 27
VCC 28U218
GND
DB0DB1DB2
DB3DB4DB5DB6DB7
EEPCSN
VCC
ADR0ADR1ADR2ADR3ADR4ADR5ADR6ADR7ADR12
ADR8ADR9ADR11ADR10
RBNC3020.1uF
1A1
1B2 1Y 7
V8
G4
U214A
2A5
2B6 2Y 3
U214B
GND
VCCC280
0.1uFGND
A151
A142
A133
A124
A115
A106
A97
A88
NC9
NC10
WEN11
RESETN12
NC13
NC14
RY/BYN15
NC16
A1717
A718
A619
A520
A421
A322
A223
A124 A0 25CEN 26VSS 27OEN 28D0 29D8 30D1 31D9 32D2 33D10 34D3 35D11 36VCC 37
VSS 46BYTEN 47A16 48
D4 38D12 39D5 40D1341D6 42D14 43D7 44D15/A-1 45
U219
ADR16ADR15
ADR3ADR2
ADR1
DB11
VCC
ADR17
GND
DB4DB12DB5DB13DB6DB14DB7DB15
C303
0.1uF
N FNF211
N FNF212
C3010.1uF
N FNF213
R45247k
VCC
R451 47
R45047
R453
47
ADR19
(1/17-B7)(2/17-D1)(3/17-F7)
(1/17-C2)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)
(1/17-B2)(1/17-C2)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)
(1/17-B2)
(1/17-B2)
(1/17-B2)
(1/17-C2)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)
(2/17-F2)
(2/17-F8)
(2/17-F8)
(1/17-D8)(2/17-C1)(3/17-E7)
(1/17-F3)
(1/17-B2)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-21
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Engine controller (6/17)
OHTP[3..0]
EHTP[3..0]
GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND
O_OHTP[3..0]
O_EHTP[3..0]
BLKNUM0[2..0]
BLKNUM1[2..0]
BENB0[2..0]
BENB1[2..0]
BUFENBN
VCC
C2120.1uF
GNDOHTP0
OHTP1
OHTP2
OHTP3
EHTP0
EHTP1
EHTP2
EHTP3
BLKNUM00
BLKNUM01
BLKNUM02
BLKNUM10
BLKNUM11
BLKNUM12
O_OHTP0
O_OHTP1
O_OHTP2
O_OHTP3
O_EHTP0
O_EHTP1
O_EHTP2
O_EHTP3
BENB00
BENB01
BENB02
BENB10
R24610K
R24510K
R24410K
R24310K
R24210K
R24110K
R22110K
R21810K
HLDTRG
15
C
DA211A
16
C
DA211B
42
C
DA211C
43
C
DA211D
15
C
DA210A
16
C
DA210B
42
C
DA210C
43
C
DA210D
GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND
24
C
DA208A
34
C
DA208B
51
C
DA208C
61
C
DA208D
24
C
DA209A
34
C
DA209B
51
C
DA209C
61
C
DA209D
VCC
A12
A23
A34
A45
A56
A67
A78
A89
G19
DIR1
B1 18
B2 17
B3 16
B4 15
B5 14
B6 13
B7 12
B8 11
U205
VCC
HLDT
(9/17-D8)
(9/17-C8)
(9/17-C8)
(9/17-C8)
(3/17-D2)
(3/17-D2)
(2/17-A8)(8/17-D8)
(3/17-B2)
(3/17-B2)
(1/17-C2)(17/17-F5)
(9/17-B8)
BENB11
BENB12
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-22
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Engine controller (7/17)
HD_DT[3..0]
HD_SEL[1..0]
O_HD_DT[3..0]
O_HD_SEL[1..0]
HD_DT0
HD_DT1
HD_DT2
HD_DT3
HD_SEL0
HD_SEL1
O_HD_DT0
O_HD_DT1
O_HD_DT2
O_HD_DT3
O_HD_SEL0
O_HD_SEL1
HD_LTCLK O_HD_LTCLK
HD_CLK O_HD_CLK
BLKNUM2[2..0]
BLKNUM3[2..0]
BENB2[2..0]
BENB3[2..0]
BLKNUM20
BLKNUM21
BLKNUM22
BLKNUM30
BLKNUM31
BLKNUM32
BENB20
BENB21
BENB22
BENB30
BENB31
BENB32
(3/17-B2)
(3/17-B2)
(2/17-F8)
(2/17-E8)
(2/17-E8)
(2/17-A7)
(9/17-C8)
(9/17-C8)
(9/17-C4)
(9/17-C4)
(9/17-C4)
(9/17-C4)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-23
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Engine controller (8/17)
GND
VCC
C2720.1uF
GND
SUBH1
HRESET
SUBH0
SUBH[3..0]
R30110K
R37510K
R36810K
R36610K
R36410K
O_HRESET
TRI_ENBN
SUBH2
A12
A23
A34
A45
A56
A67
A78
A89
G19
DIR1
B1 18
B2 17
B3 16
B4 15
B5 14
B6 13
B7 12
B8 11
U211
SUBH3
VCC
O_SUBH0
O_SUBH1
O_SUBH2
O_SUBH3
BUFENBN
P5SUPNP28SUP
H5VCNTNP26SUP
GND GND GND GND
GND
O_DI_RNKSEL[2..0]
O_DI_RNKSEL2O_DI_RNKSEL1O_DI_RNKSEL0
R281 47R282 47R283 47
C2541000pF
C2531000pF
C2521000pF
DRSL0DRSL1
1 3 2DA214
VCC
GND
GND
(2/17-D8)
(2/17-A8)
(2/17-A8)(2/17-A8)
(2/17-C8)(2/17-C8)(2/17-C8)
DI_RNKSEL2DI_RNKSEL1DI_RNKSEL0
(17/17-C7)
(17/17-C7)
(2/17-A8)(6/17-D8)
(9/17-B4)O_SUBH[3..0]
(9/17-C4)
(9/17-C4)
(9/17-B8)
(9/17-C4)(9/17-C4)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-24
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Engine controller (9/17)
COM_CLK
CRC_DATA
CRC_DAT
CRC_CK
CRC_CLK
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
1010
1111
1212
1313
1414
1515
1616
1717
1818
1919
2020
2121
2222
2323
2424
2525
2626
2727
2828
2929
3030
3131
3232
3333
3434
3535
3636
3737
3838
3939
4040
J208
O_OHTP0
BENB00
HLDTRG
TRI_ENBN
CRC_CLKCRC_DAT
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88
99
1010
1111
1212
1313
1414
1515
1616
1717
1818
1919
2020
2121
2222
2323
2424
2525
2626
2727
2828
2929
3030
3131
3232
3333
3434
3535
3636
3737
3838
3939
4040
J207
O_HRESETLSALSBREGISENS
H5VCNTN
O_DI_RNKSEL0
O_HD_SEL0
O_HD_DT0
O_HD_CLKO_HD_LTCLKO_SUBH0
LED_CONT_RLED_CONT_L
RANK_INREGILOOK
THERM_INDI_IN
HABA_IN
O_DI_RNKSEL1O_DI_RNKSEL2
O_HD_SEL1
O_HD_DT1O_HD_DT2O_HD_DT3
O_SUBH1O_SUBH2O_SUBH3
VCC
O_OHTP1O_OHTP2O_OHTP3
O_EHTP0O_EHTP1O_EHTP2O_EHTP3
BENB01BENB02BENB10BENB11BENB12BENB20BENB21BENB22BENB30BENB31BENB32
OCRCDET
R21947
R22047
R24847
R24947
R25047
R25147
R25247
R25347
R275100
R254100
R247100
R255100
R256100
R257100
R258100
R259100
R260100
R272100
R273100
R276100
R274100
R277100
R271100
R298100
R303100
C23833PF
C23133PF
C239
33PF
C232
33PF
C240
33PF
C241
33PF
C233
33PF
C242
33PF
C23533PF
C24433PF
C236
33PF
P26SUP
R319100
R321100
R323100R324100R325100R326100R327100R356100R357100R358100R359100R360100R361100R362100R363100R365100R367100R374100
GND
C245
33PF
C23733PF
C24633PF
C260
33PF
C247
33PF
C261
33PF
C266
33PF
C262
33PF
C267
33PFC263
33PF
C265
1000pF
C2701000pF
GND
C295
330PF
C296330PF
C297
330PF
C292
330PF
C298
330PF
C293
330PF
C299
33PF
C294
33PF
C319
33PF
C314
33PF
C320
33PF
C315
33PF
C321
33PF
C316
33PF
C322
33PF
C317
33PF
C323
33PF
C318
33PFC33933PF
C325
33PF
GND
COMCLKCOMLTCOMDIR
COM_LTCOM_DIR
COM_DIR
COM_CLKCOM_LT R299
100
R300100
R270100
COM_DAT R278100
C268330PF
C2641000pF
C269
1000pF
C277
330PF
C276330PF
21
34 5
678
U203
VCC
COMDAT
COM_DAT
GND
+26V
C2260.1uF
GND
AGND
A5V
AGND
R28647k
R28747k
R28847k
R28947k
GND
CRCDET
OCRCDET
GND
R310 47
C283
1000pF
R309 47
C2821000pF
R308 47
C2811000pF
XCRCDETXCRCDATXCRCCK
C23410uF/50V
C2430.1uF C289
100uF/50VC2780.1uF
C3410.1uF
C376330pF
(17/17-F3)(17/17-F3)(17/17-F3)
(9/17-B8)(9/17-B8)(9/17-B8)
(2/17-A7)
(9/17-B7)
(9/17-B7)
(9/17-B7)
(2/17-B7)(2/17-B7)(2/17-B7)
(2/17-A7)(2/17-B7)(2/17-B7)
(6/17-F2)(6/17-F2)(6/17-F2)(6/17-F2)
(6/17-E2)(6/17-E2)(6/17-E2)(6/17-E2)
(6/17-C2)(6/17-C2)(6/17-C2)(6/17-B2)(6/17-B2)(6/17-B2)(7/17-F2)(7/17-F2)(7/17-F2)(7/17-D2)(7/17-D2)(7/17-D2)
(6/17-B3)
(9/17-E5)
(9/17-E3)(9/17-F5)(9/17-F5)(9/17-F5)(9/17-E5)(9/17-E5)(8/17-C1)
(8/17-E4)(11/17-D4)(11/17-E4)(11/17-D4)
(8/17-C1)
(8/17-C1)(8/17-B5)(8/17-B5)(8/17-B5)(7/17-B2)(7/17-B2)(7/17-C2)(7/17-C2)(7/17-C2)(7/17-C2)(7/17-B2)(7/17-C2)(8/17-F1)(8/17-F1)(8/17-F1)(8/17-F1)
(13/17-E2)(13/17-D2)
(11/17-F8)(11/17-A8)(11/17-C8)(11/17-B8)(11/17-C8)
(9/17-B8)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-25
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Engine controller (10/17)
TXD1_IC
OSBSY
TXD
RTS
DTR1_IC DTR
CTS ICBSY
RXD RXD1_IC
DSR DSR1_IC
PIXRDY
PIX[7..0]
TXD RXD
CTS RTS
DSR DTR
A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16
B1B2B3B4B5B6B7B8B9
B10B11B12B13B14B15B16
J209
PIX0PIX2PIX4
PIX6
PIX1PIX3PIX5
PIX7
GND GND
R351100
R318100
R313
100
R314
100
R311
100
EXT0EXT2EXT4
EXT1EXT3EXT5
EXT[5..0]
VCC
R28010K
14
SW201A
DIPMD1
GND
R35247K
VCC
R31510K
GND
EXT5
R31710K
GND
VCCC31110uF/50V
GND
2 4
53
U217
GND
VCC C309
0.1uF GND
EXT0
EXT1
EXT2
EXT3
EXT4
XEXT[5..0]
R3041K
R3051K
R2011K
R2621K
R2021K
R2631K
XEXT0
XEXT1
XEXT2
XEXT3
XEXT4
XEXT5
VCC
R22210k
R22310k
R22410k
R22510k
R22610k
R22710k
(1/17-F8)
(2/17-B1)
(1/17-F8)
(10/17-C3)
(10/17-C2)
(10/17-C3)
(10/17-C3)
(10/17-C2)
(10/17-C2)
(1/17-F8)
(2/17-A8)
(1/17-F8)
(10/17-C2)(10/17-C3)
VENBPIXCLK
(17/17-F5)(17/17-F5)
(10/17-E5)
(10/17-D7)
(10/17-C7)(10/17-E4)(10/17-E4)(10/17-E4)
(17/17-D8)
(10/17-C7)
(10/17-E5)
(10/17-D5)(10/17-E4)(10/17-E4)(10/17-E4)
(17/17-E8)
(2/17-C8)(4/17-B6)
(1/17-E3)(4/17-B6)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-26
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Engine controller (11/17)
RANK_INC3121000PF
RANK
DI_IN
C3331000PF
DI
THERM_INC3241000PF
THERM
REGISENSC2851000PF
REGI0
REGILOOKC3081000PF
REGI
VCC
GND
R408
3.6kF R4061.0kF
R407
1K
R2404.7K
R355
1K
R376
1K
R353
1K
R238
100
D208
51
C
DA219C
61
C
DA219D
34
C DA219B
51
C DA217C
43
C
DA220D
16
C
DA220B4
2C
DA218C
GND
42
C
DA220C
VCC
INK0_INC2091000PF
INK0R217
10024
C DA206A1
5
C
DA207A
XHINK HINKA5V
A5V
A5V
INK1_INC2071000PF
INK1R216
100
34
C DA206B
16
C
DA207B
A5V
LSB
C2581000PF
LPB
LSAC2571000PF
LPA
VCC
VCC
GND
GND
R3284.7K
R3024.7K
R269
100
R239
100
34
C DA217B
24
C DA217A
16
C
DA218B
15
C
DA218A
VCC
VCC
GND
GND
A5V
AGND
D207
D205
C3101000PF
HABA_IN HABA_VALR354
1K
24
C DA219A
15 C
DA220A
A5V
D206
(9/17-B4)
(12/17-E3)
(12/17-F3)
(9/17-B4)
(9/17-B4)
(9/17-B4)
(9/17-B4)
(1/17-E3)
(4/17-F3)
(4/17-F3)
(1/17-E3)
(1/17-E3)
(1/17-E3)
(1/17-E3)
(9/17-C4)
(9/17-C4)
(9/17-C4)
(2/17-E8)
(2/17-E8)
(2/17-A8)
(4/17-C7)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-27
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Engine controller (12/17)
VCC
C2221000PF
GND
MEDIA_IN MEDIAS_VAL
VCC
C2051000PF
GND
DOOR_VAL
VCC
C2231000PF
GND
CRGHP_IN CRG_HPVAL
VCC
FAN_CONT
SOL_CONT
R215
100
R209
100
R233
100
R2082.2k
R2324.7K
R2144.7K
VCC
C2201000PF
GND
PURHP_IN PURHP_VALR231
100
R2304.7K
Q215
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88J212
N FNF201
+26VGND
VCC
PURHP_IN
CRGHP_IN
N F
NF208
11
22
33J214
MEDIA_IN
GND
VCCGND
C2130.1uF
C214100uF/50V
VCC
+26V
C216100uF/50VC215
0.1uF
24
C
DA204A
34
C DA204B
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
15 CDA203A
16 CDA203B
Q213
R445
4.7K
Q206
Q205
R237
4.7K
VCC
+26V
A5V
1 1
2 2
3 3
44
5 5
6 6
J210
GND
1 1
2 2
J204
1 1
2 2
3 3
J206
VCC
GND
INK0_IN
GNDQ203
Q204
VCC
INKCONN
INK1_IN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
J213
R213
220
R211
220
R210
100k
R212
100k
VCC
C2041000PF
GND
TANKR206
100
R2074.7K
51
C DA206C
VCC
42
CDA207C
GND
R4354.7k
VCC
FANSTS
DOOR_IN
1 1
2 2
J211
GND
DOOR_IN
1 1
2 2
3 3
44
J205
VCC
GND
R436
100 C3421000PF
GND
C371100uF/50V
C3570.1uF
C210100uF/50V
C2080.1uF
C201
0.1uF
C227
0.1uF
C203
0.1uF
13
2
DA201
13
2
DA205
13
2
DA223
Q216
R44922k
R448
22k
NF214
NF215
NF217
(12/17-B2)
(12/17-D3)
(12/17-C5)
(12/17-C5)
(1/17-F3)
(2/17-C7)
(2/17-C8)
(1/17-F3)
(2/17-B8)
(2/17-C8)
(1/17-F3)
(12/17-E8)
(12/17-D8)
(4/17-B6)
(4/17-C7)
(11/17-D8)
(11/17-E8)
(12/17-E8)
(12/17-F8)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-28
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Engine controller (13/17)
DO1
LD2
CLK3
DI4
A015
A026
GND7 VSS 8A03 9A04 10A0511A06 12VDD 13VCC 14
U222
C3340.1uF
VCC
GND
C3130.1uF
R415
1M
R4162M
3
21
U223A
R4122.2K
LED_CONT_R
C338
0.1uF
R372
1M
R3732M
5
67
U223B
R3692.2K
LED_CONT_L
OUT1
MAN2
VCC 3
GND 4
U227
C3510.1uF
VCC
GND
VCC
R4042.2K
24
C DA222A
34
C
DA222B
15
C
DA221A
16
C
DA221B
A5V
A5V
A5V
A5V
A5V
AGND
AGND
AGND
C3361000pF
C3351000pF
C3371000pF
GND GND GND
CPURSTN
C249
Y201 32.768kHz
SDA
SCL
VCC
R22910k
R22810k
VCC
0.22F
R409 47R410 47R411 47
VCC
D203
GND
RP201
47
D202
D201
C2170.1uF
VDD8
VSS4
XIN2
XOUT3
SDA 7
SCL 6
U201
C24810pF
GND
(2/17-D8)(2/17-D8)(2/17-D8)
LD_DACLK_DA
DATA_DA
(1/17-D3)
(9/17-B4)
(9/17-B4)
(4/17-B4)
(4/17-B4)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-29
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Engine controller (14/17)
PGA
PGXA
PGB
PGXB
R440
1K
R441
1K
R442
1K
R443
1K
Q209
Q210
Q211
Q212
IN11
OUT12
ACOM13
OUT24
IN25
GND6
GND7
IN38
OUT39
ACOM210
OUT411
IN412
U234
GND
VCC
C370100uF/50V
PPOW_CONL
Q207
Q208
GND
R439
4.7KQ214
+26V
11
22
33
44
55
66
77
88J202
1
23
U220A
4
56
U220B
9
108
U220C
12
1311
U220D
+26V
GND
C3690.1uF
VCC
C3260.1uF
GND
C366100uF/50V
C3650.1uF
(2/17-C7)
(2/17-C7)
(2/17-B1)
(2/17-B1)
(2/17-B1)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-30
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Engine controller (15/17)
Vcc21
Ain13
Bin14
A*in15
B*in16
SG5
Vref211 Vref19
Td2 10
Td1 8N.C. 12
A 2
A* 3
B 6
B* 7
PG 4
U233
R434 3.3k
R432
30
R431
47
R428
91
R426
100
R430
62
MTP1MTP2MTP3
R429
75
MTP4
MTP7MTP6MTP5
GND
GND
D/A 0
C3490.1uF
C35010uF/50V
X41
X62
X3
X74
X55
INH6
X2 15
X1 14
X0 13
X3 12
A 11
B 10
C 9VEE7
VSS8
VDD 16U229
R427
100
GND
R4442M
C3550.01uF
C3530.01uF
GND
GND
GND
23456
1
J203
+26V
VCC
VCC
C356220pF
C367
100uF/50VA5V
A5V
3
21
U231A
5
67
U231B
GND
VCC
R425 3.3k
R423
30
R422
47
R419
91
R421
62
R420
75
R418
100
R424
10
R417
100
GND
X41
X62
X3
X74
X55
INH6
X2 15
X1 14
X0 13
X3 12
A 11
B 10
C 9VEE7
VSS8
VDD 16U230
GND
R433
10
C3680.1uF
N FNF210
C3540.1uF
GND
C3520.1uF
GND
C3400.1uF
GND
(4/17-E7)(4/17-E7)(4/17-E7)(4/17-E7)
(4/17-E7)(4/17-E7)(4/17-E7)
(4/17-F3)
GND
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-31
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Engine controller (16/17)
Vcc21
Ain13
Bin14
A*in15
B*in16
SG5
Vref211 Vref19
Td2 10
Td18N.C. 12
A 2
A*3
B 6
B* 7
PG 4
U232
MTP9MTP10MTP11
MTP12
MTP15MTP14MTP13
GND
GND
D/A 1
C344
0.1uFC34510uF/50V
NCR438
2M
GND
Vcc
23456
1
7
J201
C362220pF
C360
100uF/50V
A5V
3
21
U226A
5
67
U226B
R392
30
R391
47
R388
91
R386
100
R390
62
R393
10
R389
75
X41
X62
X3
X74
X55
INH6
X2 15
X1 14
X013
X3 12
A 11
B 10
C 9VEE7
VSS8
VDD 16U224
R387
100
GND
C3630.01uF
C3640.01uF
GND
GND
GND
VCC
A5V
GND
VCC
R385 3.3k
R383
30
R382
47
R379
91
R381
62
R380
75
R378
100
R384
10
R377
100
X41
X62
X3
X74
X55
INH6
X2 15
X1 14
X0 13
X3 12
A11
B 10
C 9VEE7
VSS8
VDD 16U225
GND
R394 3.3k
+26V
C361
0.1uF
N F
NF209
C3470.1uF
GND
C3460.1uF
GND
C3430.1uF
GND
(4/17-E7)(4/17-E7)(4/17-E7)(4/17-E7)
(4/17-E7)(4/17-E7)(4/17-E7)
(4/17-F3)
GND
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-32
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Engine controller (17/17)
GND
VCC
R297 47
PIX[7..0]
PIX7PIX6PIX5PIX4PIX3PIX2PIX1PIX0
PIXRDYOPIXCLK
OVENB
IPLOTH
GND
SYSTEM_CLK
N FNF205
R296 47R295 47R294 47R293 47R292 47R291 47R290 47
C2711000pF
C2790.1uF
GND
NC1
NC36
VDD2
VSS3
DQ0DQ0B32TS24
DMC_B31_TS15
BEB30_TSSEL06
FFF_B22_TD47
A31PX7B21TD38
A30PX6B20TD29
A29PX5B12TD110
A28PX4B11TD011
A27PX3B10TLD12
A26_PX2_B0213
ADSL_PX1_B0114
DENL_PX0_B0015
BLT_PXRY_HLT16
RDL_PXCK_HCK17
VDD18
VSS19
HOLDTRG3_HD320
ATP1HTG2HD221
ATP0HTG1HD122
AKINHTG0HD023
BSYIPLOTHS124
DPXRDYH_HS025
BPINT_DRSEL226
BPINT_DRSEL127
BPINT_DRSEL028
DCLK429
IODATA430
DIRECT431
LTCLK432
DK0HENB4TSC333
VDD34
NC35
NC
72
NC
37
NC
38
VS
S39
DC
LK0
40
IOD
ATA
041
PT
0_H
SL0
042
BE
NB
0043
VS
S44
DIR
EC
T045
PT
2_H
SL0
246
PT
3_H
SL0
347
PT
1_H
SL0
148
LTC
LK0
49
BE
NB
0150
IMB
PC
S_H
EN
B0
51
IMFE
N_M
PX
252
DC
LK1
53
VD
D54
IOD
ATA
155
PT
4_H
SL1
056
BE
NB
1057
DIR
EC
T158
PT
6_H
SL1
259
PT
7_H
SL1
360
PT
5_H
SL1
161
LTC
LK1
62
BE
NB
1163
VS
S64
BE
NH
EN
B1T
SC
065
DC
LK2
66
IOD
ATA
267
RP
0_H
SL2
068
BE
NB
2069
VS
S70
VD
D71
NC 73VDD 74VSS 75DIRECT2 76RP1_HSL2277RP2_HSL23 78RP3_HSL21 79LTCLK2 80BENB21 81BDRHENB2TSC1 82DCLK3 83IODATA3 84
RP4_HSL30 85BENB30 86DIRECT3 87RP5_HSL32 88VSS 89VDD 90RP6_HSL33 91RP7_HSL3192LTCLK3 93BENB31 94FWRHENB3TSC2 95SDI 96SDO 97ACLK 98BCLK 99
SMODE 100TMODE 101TLD 102RESETN 103IMOAKRQ 104TRIN 105VDD 106VSS 107NC 108
NC
109
VS
S11
0V
SS
111
CR
CD
ET
112
CR
CD
T11
3C
RC
CK
114
PC
LK1
115
VS
S11
6C
OM
LT11
7C
OM
CK
118
CO
MD
T11
9A
SIC
MD
012
0A
SIC
MD
112
1D
RE
Q2N
122
VE
NB
TSR
123
INT4
L_R
EP
XR
Y12
4A
KO
UT_
RE
PX
CK
125
L244
E_R
EV
EN
B12
6B
PR
D_R
ED
RQ
1N12
7B
PW
R_R
ED
RQ
0N12
8IM
FRS
_HLD
TRG
129
VS
S13
0C
K20
M13
1C
OM
DIR
132
VD
D13
3IM
FRD
134
C16
813
5V
SS
136
OS
UB
H1
137
FF
F13
8O
SU
BH
413
9N
C14
0V
SS
141
VS
S14
2V
DD
143
NC
144
U208
R285 47
R284
47
IPIXDT7IPIXDT6
IPIXDT5
IPIXDT4
IPIXDT3IPIXDT2IPIXDT1
IPIXDT0
IPIXDT[7..0]
KILLERN
XCRCDETXCRCDATXCRCCKDREQ1N
B 1
A 2
Y4
V5
G3
U235
IPIXRDYOPPRDY
C372
0.1uF
C373
0.1uF
C3740.1uF
C3750.1uF
R456 47
R457 47
R454 47R455 47
R458 47R459 47
R460 47
R461 47
(10/17-B1)
(10/17-C2)(2/17-A8)
(2/17-C8)
HOLDTRG3HOLDTRG2HOLDTRG1HOLDTRG0
(3/17-C1)(3/17-C1)(3/17-C1)(3/17-C1)
(8/17-D7)(8/17-D7)
DRSL1DRSL0
(2/17-F8)(1/17-F3)
DREQ0NDMA_CONTN
PIXCLKVENBREDREQ1NREDREQ0NHLDT
(10/17-C3)(10/17-C3)
(1/17-D2)(1/17-C2)
(1/17-C2)(6/17-B8)
(2/17-B1)(2/17-A8)
(2/17-B1)(2/17-F8)(9/17-F5)(9/17-F5)(9/17-F5)
(1/17-C1)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)(4/17-D2)
(1/17-D2)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)(4/17-D2)
(2/17-A8)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-33
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Carriage controller (1/8)
Q507
H5VCNT
C5490.1u
R5031.2k,2W
ZD504
D504
D503
R56115kF
R560825F
H24VCNT
Q506
+ C502100u/50V
C5480.1u R501
1.2k,2W
D506
D505
R56715kF
R568825F
+ C503100u/50V C550
0.1uR5021.2k,2W
21
43
Vin
GND
Vout
ADJ
IC516
21
43
Vin
GND
Vout
ADJ
IC515
VA
GND26VGND
26V
C5510.1u
(8/8-E2)
(8/8-E2)
VH2
VH1
HGND
HGND
L5V
H5V
LSA
LSB
(8/8-E2)
AGND
JP504 JP503
26VA
1234
J509
LGND
R5324.7k
R5314.7k
L5V
JP502
(8/8-E2)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
D. CARRIAGE CONTROLLER
6-34
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Carriage controller (2/8)
123456789
101112131415161718192021222324252627282930
J503
BE01EVEN0
LTCLK0HS2A0HS1A0HS1B0
RANK0DIA0
DIR0
BE00ODD0
HS2B0
SUB0
IDATA0DCLK0
HRESET
VH1 H5V
HGND LGND
HE1BBE1EVENLCLKHS2AHS1AHS1BRANKDIADIRHE1ABE0
HS2BODD
LG
VDDHG
SUB
VH
IDATDCLKRESDIK (8/8-E2)
(8/8-E7)
(8/8-E6)
(5/8-F5)
(6/8-C4)(5/8-E2)(6/8-E5)
(3/8-F2)HENB0
BE11EVEN1
LTCLK1HS2A1HS1A1HS1B1
RANK1DIA1
DIR1
BE10ODD1
HS2B1
SUB1
IDATA1DCLK1
VH2 H5V
HGND LGND
HE1BBE1EVENLCLKHS2AHS1AHS1BRANKDIADIRHE1ABE0
HS2BODD
LG
VDDHG
SUB
VH
IDATDCLKRESDIK
HENB1
BE21EVEN2
LTCLK2HS2A2HS1A2HS1B2
RANK2DIA2
DIR2
BE20ODD2
HS2B2
SUB2
IDATA2DCLK2
VH2 H5V
HGND LGND
HE1BBE1EVENLCLKHS2AHS1AHS1BRANKDIADIRHE1ABE0
HS2BODD
LG
VDDHG
SUB
VH
IDATDCLKRESDIK
HENB2
BE31EVEN3
LTCLK3HS2A3HS1A3HS1B3
RANK3DIA3
DIR3
BE30ODD3
HS2B3
SUB3
IDATA3DCLK3
VH2 H5V
HGND LGND
HE1BBE1EVENLCLKHS2AHS1AHS1BRANKDIADIRHE1ABE0
HS2BODD
LG
VDDHG
SUB
VH
IDATDCLKRESDIK
HENB3
DIK0 (5/8-E2)
HRESETDIK1
HRESETDIK3
HRESETDIK2
(3/8-F2)
(3/8-E7)
(3/8-F8)(3/8-F7)(3/8-F7)(3/8-F7)
(3/8-E8)(3/8-E8)
(3/8-E7)
(3/8-E7)
(8/8-E2)
(8/8-E7)
(8/8-E6)
(5/8-E5)
(6/8-C4)(5/8-D2)(6/8-E5)
(3/8-D7)
(5/8-D2)
(3/8-D7)
(3/8-C7)
(3/8-D8)(3/8-C7)(3/8-C7)(3/8-C7)
(3/8-C8)(3/8-B8)
(3/8-C7)
(3/8-B7)
(8/8-E2)
(8/8-E7)
(8/8-E6)
(5/8-C5)
(6/8-C4)(5/8-C2)(6/8-E5)
(3/8-D3)
(5/8-B2)
(3/8-D3)
(3/8-C3)
(3/8-D4)(3/8-C3)(3/8-C3)(3/8-C3)
(3/8-C4)(3/8-B4)
(3/8-C3)
(3/8-B3)
(8/8-E2)
(8/8-E7)
(8/8-E6)
(5/8-D5)
(6/8-C4)(5/8-C2)(6/8-E5)
(3/8-F3)
(5/8-C2)
(3/8-F3)
(3/8-E3)
(3/8-F4)(3/8-F3)(3/8-F3)(3/8-F3)
(3/8-E4)(3/8-E4)
(3/8-E3)
(3/8-E3)
123456789
101112131415161718192021222324252627282930
J504
123456789
101112131415161718192021222324252627282930
J506
123456789
101112131415161718192021222324252627282930
J505
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-35
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Carriage controller (3/8)
(2/8-E5)BE01
LTCLK0HS2A0HS1A0HS1B0
DIR0
HENB0
BE00HS2B0
IDATA0
DCLK0
LGND
BE11LTCLK1
HS2A1HS1A1HS1B1
DIR1
HENB1
BE10HS2B1
DCLK1
(4/8-B3)
BE21LTCLK2
HS2A2HS1A2HS1B2
DIR2
HENB2
BE20HS2B2
DCLK2
(2/8-B1)
BE31LTCLK3
HS2A3HS1A3HS1B3
DIR3
HENB3
BE30HS2B3
DCLK3 (4/8-D3)
610
RA
506E
10k
810
RA
503G
10k
45
RA
507D
10k
25
RA
506B
10k
25
RA
507B
10k
35
RA
507C
10k
710
RA
506F
10k
910
RA
503H
10k
810
RA
506G
10k
910
RA
506H
10k
15
RA
506A
10k
LGND
810
RA
504G
10k
610
RA
503E
10k
910
RA
505H
10k
610
RA
505E
10k
710
RA
505F
10k
810
RA
505G
10k
910
RA
504H
10k
710
RA
503F
10k
25
RA
505B
10k
35
RA
505C
10k
45
RA
505D
10k
LGND
25
RA
501B
10k
35
RA
503C
10k
45
RA
502D
10k
710
RA
501F
10k
810
RA
501G
10k
910
RA
501H
10k
15
RA
501A
10k
45
RA
503D
10k
35
RA
501C
10k
45
RA
501D
10k
610
RA
501E
10k
LGND
610
RA
502E
10k
15
RA
503A
10k
710
RA
504F
10k
35
RA
504C
10k
45
RA
504D
10k
610
RA
504E
10k
710
RA
502F
10k
25
RA
503B
10k
25
RA
504B
10k
810
RA
502G
10k
910
RA
502H
10k
BE01LTCLK0HS2A0HS1A0HS1B0
DIR0
HENB0
BE00HS2B0IDATA0DCLK0
BE11LTCLK1HS2A1HS1A1HS1B1
DIR1
HENB1
BE10HS2B1IDATA1DCLK1
BE21LTCLK2HS2A2HS1A2HS1B2
DIR2
HENB2
BE20HS2B2IDATA2DCLK2
BE31LTCLK3HS2A3HS1A3HS1B3
DIR3
HENB3
BE30HS2B3IDATA3DCLK3
(4/8-B7)(4/8-B7)
(4/8-B7)
R513
33C52233p
LGND
C52333p
LGND
R514
33
R515
33C52433p
LGND
C52133p
LGND
R512
33
R510
33C51933p
LGND
C52033p
LGND
R511
33
R508
33C51733p
LGND
C51833p
LGND
R509
33
R575
33C55233p
LGND
IDATA1R576
33C55333p
LGND
IDATA3R578
33C55533p
LGND
IDATA2R577
33C55433p
LGND
(2/8-D5)
(2/8-D5)
(2/8-C5)
(2/8-B5)
(2/8-B5)
(2/8-C5)(2/8-C5)(2/8-C5)
(2/8-C5)(2/8-C5)(2/8-C5)
(2/8-D5)(2/8-D5)
(2/8-E5)(2/8-E5)(2/8-E5)
(2/8-E5)(2/8-E5)(2/8-E5)
(2/8-F5)(2/8-F5)
(4/8-B7)(4/8-B7)(4/8-B7)(4/8-B7)
(4/8-B7)(4/8-B7)(4/8-B7)(4/8-B7)
(4/8-B3)(4/8-B3)(4/8-B3)(4/8-B3)(4/8-B3)
(4/8-B3)(4/8-B3)(4/8-B3)(4/8-B3)(4/8-B3)
(2/8-B1)
(2/8-C1)
(2/8-D1)
(2/8-D1)
(2/8-E1)
(2/8-F1)(2/8-F1)
(2/8-E1)(2/8-E1)(2/8-E1)
(2/8-E1)(2/8-E1)(2/8-E1)
(2/8-D1)(2/8-D1)
(2/8-C1)(2/8-C1)(2/8-C1)
(2/8-C1)(2/8-C1)(2/8-C1)
(4/8-D3)(4/8-D3)(4/8-D3)(4/8-D3)
(4/8-D3)(4/8-D3)(4/8-D3)(4/8-D3)(4/8-D3)(4/8-D3)
(4/8-B3)(4/8-B3)(4/8-B3)(4/8-B3)(4/8-C3)
(4/8-C3)(4/8-C3)(4/8-D3)(4/8-D3)(4/8-D3)(4/8-D3)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-36
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Carriage controller (4/8)
DCLK1
DCLK2
DCLK3
DCLK0
HS2B1
HS1A0HS1B0
HS2A0
HS2B0
HENB3
HENB2
HENB1
HENB0
DIR3
DIR2
DIR1
DIR0
CRC_CLKCRC_DAT
COM_CLK
COM_DIRCOM_DAT
COM_LT
SUBH1
HDCLK
HDAT0
HSEL0HSEL1
TRI_ENBN
HLTCLK
HDAT1HDAT2
BENB00BENB01
BENB22BENB30BENB31BENB32
HDAT3
IDATA0
IDATA1
IDATA2
BENB02BENB10BENB11BENB12BENB20BENB21
IDATA3
BE00
BE01BE10
BE11
BE20
BE21
BE30
BE31
HS1B2
HS2B2
HS1A1HS1B1
HS2A1
HS1A3
HS1B3
HS2B3
HS2A2HS1A2
HS2A3
LTCLK0
LTCLK1
LTCLK2
LTCLK3
C5060.01u
R505
33
OUT1
MAN2
VCC 3
GND 4
IC501
LGND
L5V
R504
2.2k
C507330p
DCLK4IDATA4DIR4LTCLK4HENB4
CRC_DET
C5050.01u
(3/8-D1)
(3/8-E1)
(8/8-D5)
XSUBH1SUBH4
(5/8-D7)
JP501
(8/8-C5)
NC1
NC36
VDD2
VSS3
DQ0DQ0B32TS24
DMC_B31_TS15
BEB30_TSSEL06
FFF_B22_TD47
A31PX7B21TD38
A30PX6B20TD29
A29PX5B12TD110
A28PX4B11TD011
A27PX3B10TLD12
A26_PX2_B0213
ADSL_PX1_B0114
DENL_PX0_B0015
BLT_PXRY_HLT16
RDL_PXCK_HCK17
VDD18
VSS19
HOLDTRG3_HD320
ATP1HTG2HD221
ATP0HTG1HD122
AKINHTG0HD023
BSYIPLOTHS124
DPXRDYH_HS025
BPINT_DRSEL226
BPINT_DRSEL127
BPINT_DRSEL028
DCLK429
IODATA430
DIRECT431
LTCLK432
DK0HENB4TSC333
VDD34
NC35
NC
72
NC
37
NC
38
VS
S39
DC
LK0
40
IOD
ATA
041
PT
0_H
SL0
042
BE
NB
0043
VS
S44
DIR
EC
T045
PT
2_H
SL0
246
PT
3_H
SL0
347
PT
1_H
SL0
148
LTC
LK0
49
BE
NB
0150
IMB
PC
S_H
EN
B0
51
IMFE
N_M
PX
252
DC
LK1
53
VD
D54
IOD
ATA
155
PT
4_H
SL1
056
BE
NB
1057
DIR
EC
T158
PT
6_H
SL1
259
PT
7_H
SL1
360
PT
5_H
SL1
161
LTC
LK1
62
BE
NB
1163
VS
S64
BE
NH
EN
B1T
SC
065
DC
LK2
66
IOD
ATA
267
RP
0_H
SL2
068
BE
NB
2069
VS
S70
VD
D71
NC 73VDD74VSS 75DIRECT2 76RP1_HSL22 77RP2_HSL23 78RP3_HSL21 79LTCLK2 80BENB21 81
BDRHENB2TSC1 82DCLK3 83IODATA3 84RP4_HSL30 85BENB30 86DIRECT3 87RP5_HSL32 88VSS89VDD 90RP6_HSL33 91RP7_HSL31 92LTCLK3 93BENB31 94FWRHENB3TSC2 95SDI 96
SDO 97ACLK 98BCLK 99SMODE 100TMODE 101TLD 102RESETN 103IMOAKRQ 104TRIN 105VDD 106VSS 107NC 108
NC
109
VS
S11
0V
SS
111
CR
CD
ET
112
CR
CD
T11
3C
RC
CK
114
PC
LK1
115
VS
S11
6C
OM
LT11
7C
OM
CK
118
CO
MD
T11
9A
SIC
MD
012
0A
SIC
MD
112
1D
RE
Q2N
122
VE
NB
TSR
123
INT4
L_R
EP
XR
Y12
4A
KO
UT_
RE
PX
CK
125
L244
E_R
EV
EN
B12
6B
PR
D_R
ED
RQ
1N12
7B
PW
R_R
ED
RQ
0N12
8IM
FRS
_HLD
TRG
129
VS
S13
0C
K20
M13
1C
OM
DIR
132
VD
D13
3IM
FRD
134
C16
813
5V
SS
136
OS
UB
H1
137
FF
F13
8O
SU
BH
413
9N
C14
0V
SS
141
VS
S14
2V
DD
143
NC
144
IC503
L5V
C514
0.1u
LGNDC515
0.1u
C513
0.1u
LGND
LGND
L5VC5080.1u
LGND
DC
LK0
IDAT
A0
HS
2B0
BE
00
DIR
0H
S1B
0H
S1A
0H
S2A
0LT
CLK
0B
E01
HE
NB
0
DC
LK1
IDAT
A1
HS
2B1
BE
10D
IR1
HS
1B1
HS
1A1
HS
2A1
LTC
LK1
BE
11
HE
NB
1D
CLK
2ID
ATA
2H
S2B
2B
E20
HENB3BE31LTCLK3HS2A3HS1A3
HS1B3DIR3BE30HS2B3IDATA3DCLK3HENB2BE21LTCLK2HS2A2HS1A2HS1B2DIR2
RESETN
CO
M_D
IR
CO
M_D
ATC
OM
_CLK
CO
M_L
T
CR
C_C
LKC
RC
_DAT
CR
C_D
ET
CLK
BENB00BENB01BENB02BENB10BENB11BENB12BENB20BENB21BENB22BENB30BENB31BENB32
HLTCLKHDCLK
HDAT0HDAT1HDAT2HDAT3
HSEL0HSEL1
SUBH1
DCLK4IDATA4DIR4LTCLK4HENB4
OSUBH1OSUBH4
TRI_
EN
BN
NFNF501
L5V
NFNF502 NF
NF503x11
x22
fs33
fs44
oe 8
vcc 6
clkout 5
gnd 7
IC517Y501
(10.245MHz)
LGND
C57116p
C57016p
(8/8-D5)(8/8-D5)(8/8-D5)(8/8-D5)(8/8-D5)(8/8-D5)(8/8-D5)(8/8-D5)(8/8-D5)(8/8-D5)(8/8-D5)(8/8-D2)(8/8-D2)
(8/8-D2)(8/8-D2)(8/8-D2)(8/8-D2)(8/8-D2)(8/8-D2)(8/8-D4)
(3/8-E5)(3/8-E5)(3/8-E5)(3/8-E5)(3/8-E5)(3/8-F5)(3/8-F5)(3/8-F5)(3/8-F5)(3/8-F5)(3/8-F5)
(3/8-E1)(3/8-E1)(3/8-E1)
(3/8-D5)(3/8-D5)(3/8-D5)(3/8-C5)(3/8-C5)(3/8-C5)(3/8-C5)(3/8-C5)(3/8-B5)(3/8-B5)(3/8-B5)
(3/8-D1)(3/8-D1)(3/8-C1)(3/8-C1)
(3/8-C1)(3/8-C1)(3/8-C1)(3/8-B1)(3/8-B1)(3/8-B1)(3/8-F1)(3/8-F1)(3/8-F1)(3/8-F1)(3/8-F1)(3/8-F1)(3/8-E1)
(8/8-D7)(8/8-C7)(8/8-C5)(8/8-C5)(8/8-C5)(8/8-D7)(8/8-C5)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-37
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Carriage controller (5/8)
DIA0
R54122kF
R5402kF
C532
0.1u
R53910kF
(2/8-E6)(6/8-E5)
AGND
AGND
VAH5V
DIK0 (2/8-D6)
AGND
DIA1
R53710kF
DIK1 (2/8-B6)
AGND
DIA3
R53610kF
DIK3 (2/8-B3)
AGND
DIA2
R53510kF
DIK2 (2/8-D3)
AGND
DI_GND
3
21
IC509A
5
67
IC509B
10
98
IC509C
12
1314
IC509D
SUB0
SUBH0
(2/8-E6)
(8/8-D4)Q505R553
470
R552
2.2k
HGND
SUB1
XSUBH1Q503R533
470
R534
2.2k
HGND
SUB2
SUBH2Q502R517
470
R516
2.2k
HGND
SUB3
SUBH3Q501R506
470
R507
2.2k
HGND
SUB0
SUB1
SUB2
SUB3
DIA0
DIA1
DIA2
DIA3
DIK0
DIK1
DIK2
DIK3
DI_GND
(2/8-C6)(6/8-E5)
(2/8-E3)(6/8-E5)
(2/8-C3)(6/8-E5)
SUBH0
XSUBH1
SUBH2
SUBH3
(4/8-F8)
(8/8-D4)
(8/8-D4)
(2/8-B6)
(2/8-E3)
(2/8-B3)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-38
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Carriage controller (6/8)
RANK0RANK1RANK2
RANK3
DISNS
HOLDTRG
DIA2DIA1DIA0DIA3
RANK
C527
0.1u
C525
0.1u
C528680p
R526
1.3kF
R52513kF
R5242.2kF
R529
33kF
X41
X62
X3
X74
X55
INH6
X2 15
X1 14
X0 13
X3 12
A 11
B 10
C 9VEE7
VSS8
VDD 16IC506
X41
X62
X3
X74
X55
INH6
X2 15
X1 14
X0 13
X3 12
A 11
B 10
C 9VEE7
VSS8
VDD 16IC505
AGND
26VA
C529
0.1u
R5211.0kB
R5191.0kB
R5181.0kB
R5201.0kB
L5V
R550
3.6kF
R551
15kF
R528
20kB
R527
20kB
L5V
(8/8-D7)
(2/8-E3)(5/8-C2)
(2/8-E3)(2/8-C6)(2/8-E6)(2/8-C3)
(8)
(8/8-C4)
(8/8-C4)
L5V
AGND
L5V
LGND
AGND
AGND
VA
AGND
C530680p
AGND
DIA4
RANK4
3
21
IC508A
12
1314
IC508D
5
67
IC508B
10
98
IC508C
DRSEL0DRSEL1DRSEL2
DRSEL0DRSEL1DRSEL2
DRSEL[0..2]DRSEL[0..2]
RANK0RANK1RANK2
RANK3RANK4
DIA0DIA1DIA2
DIA3DIA4HOLDTRG
(8/8-D3)
(2/8-C6)(5/8-D2)(2/8-E6)(5/8-E2)(2/8-C3)(5/8-C2)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-39
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Carriage controller (7/8)
C531
0.01u
R546
13kF
R545
51kF
R5482.2M
D502
C5350.47u,3216
R52310k
REGSEN
R543
33kF
ZD506
R557
15kF
R558
3.3kFR573
200,1/2W,5025
C539
0.1u
REGLEDR
R549
2.2k
LEDR
26VA AGND
C537
0.1u
(7/8-E7)
(8/8-E2)
(8/8-D4)
L5V
AGND
L5VVA
AGND
R5472kF
R54415kF26VA
AGND
C534
0.1u
26VAC533
0.1u
AGND
AGND
L5V
ZD505
R556
15kF
R559
3.3kFR572
270,1/2W,5025
C538
0.1u
REGLEDBLEDB (7/8-E7)
(8/8-D4)
L5V
12
1314
IC513D
5
67
IC513B
10
98
IC513C3
21
IC511A
5
67
IC511B
3
21
IC512A
5
67
IC512B
REGOUT (8/8-C4)
26VA L5V
LEDRLEDB
POUT
(7/8-C2)(7/8-C5)
(8/8-C4)
12345678
J510
THERM (8/8-C4)
AGND
LEDBLEDR
THERM
REGOUT
POUT
R56933k
3
21
IC513A
AGND
R585
0
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-40
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Carriage controller (8/8)
123456789
10111213141516171819202122232425262728293031323334353637383940
J501
ODD0ODD1ODD2ODD3
EVEN0EVEN1EVEN2EVEN3
BENB00BENB01BENB02
BENB11BENB12BENB20BENB21BENB22BENB30BENB31BENB32
BENB10
HOLDTRG
TRI_ENBN
CRC_CLKCRC_DAT
CRC_DET
COM_DIR
COM_CLKCOM_LT
COM_DAT
(2/8-E6)(2/8-C6)(2/8-E3)(2/8-C3)
(2/8-F6)(2/8-C6)(2/8-F3)(2/8-C3)
(4/8-D7)
(4/8-F3)
(6/8-E7)
(4/8-F3)
BENB00BENB01BENB02BENB10BENB11BENB12BENB20BENB21BENB22BENB30BENB31BENB32
HOLDTRG
MPX2CRCD_DET
COM_DATCOM_CLKCOM_LTCOM_DIRCRC_CLKCRC_DATTRI_ENBN
ODD0ODD1ODD2ODD3
EVEN0EVEN1EVEN2EVEN3
(4/8-F3)
(4/8-F3)(4/8-F3)
(4/8-F3)
GND
C572220p
C573220p
C574220p
C575220p
C576220p
C577220p
C578220p
C579220p
C580220p
C581220p
C582220p
C583220p
C58482p
C585220p
C586220p
C587220p
C588220p
C589220p
C590220p
C591220p
R58410k
GND
GND
5V
5V
GND
(4/8-D7)(4/8-D7)(4/8-D7)(4/8-E7)(4/8-E7)(4/8-E7)(4/8-E7)(4/8-E7)(4/8-E7)(4/8-E7)(4/8-E7)
(4/8-F3)(4/8-F3)
(7/8-E7)
123456789
10111213141516171819202122232425262728293031323334353637383940
J502
LSALSBREGSEN
H5VCNT
H24VCNT
SUBH0SUBH1SUBH2SUBH3
REGLEDRREGLEDB
REGOUTRANK
DISNS
HRESET
HLTCLK
HDCLK
HDAT3
HDAT2
HDAT1
HDAT0
HSEL1
HSEL0
+ C501100u/16V
5V
(1/8-D7)
(1/8-D3)
(7/8-E2)(1/8-B7)(1/8-B7)(2/8-B3)(2/8-B6)(2/8-D3)(2/8-D6)
(7/8-C8)(7/8-C4)
(7/8-F6)(6/8-C1)
(6/8-E2)
(5/8-E7)(4/8-D7)(5/8-D7)(5/8-C7)
R530
10kF
GND
L5V
(6/8-B4)
(4/8-D7)
(6/8-B4)(6/8-B4)
GND
POUT
THERM (7/8-E7)
DRSEL0DRSEL1DRSEL2
DRSEL0DRSEL1DRSEL2
H24VCNT
HRESETLSALSBREGSENREGHOLDH5VCNT
SUBH0SUBH1SUBH2SUBH3
REGLEDRREGLEDB
POUTREGOUTRANKTHERMDISNS
HSEL0_HSEL1_HDAT0_HDAT1_HDAT2_HDAT3_HDCLK_HLTCLK_
R5VCNT
LGND
5V
GND
LGND
L5V
R580
33 R581
33R566
33 R565
33R564
33 R563
33R562
33 R582
33
C556
220pC557
220pC544
220pC543
220pC542
220pC541
220pC540
220pC558
220p
L501
24V
24VGND
(4/8-D7)
(4/8-D7)
(4/8-D7)
(4/8-D7)
(4/8-D7)
(4/8-D7)
(4/8-D7)
26V
26VGND
+ C504100u/50V
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
6-41
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
Paper sensor
C1
0.1u
PD1
R1
1.1MR222k
R3680
LED1
LED2
+26V
GND
5
67
IC1B
LEDR
REGOUT
GND
POUT
TH1
THERM
LEDB
PT1
+26V
12345678
J510
+5V
3
21
IC1A
+5V
C2
100p
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
E. PAPER SENSOR
6-42
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram
F. OPERATIN PANEL CONTROLLER
R/W
Operation panel controller
D701
DIODE
D701
DIODE
D704
DIODE
D702
DIODE
D702
DIODE
D704
DIODE
D703
DIODE
D703
DIODE
D705
DIODE
SW701
SW708 SW709SW707
SW703
SW706SW705SW704
SW702
Q701
R705330
GND
GND
VCC
12
LED701
Q703
R707330
12
LED703
Q704
R708330
12
LED704
Q705
R709330
12
LED705
Q706
R710330
12
LED706
Q707
R711330
12
LED707
Q708
R712330
12
LED708
Q709
R713330
12
LED709
Q702
R706330
12
LED702
Q710
R714330
12
LED710
R7011K
R7021K
R7031K
GND
PDAT0
PDAT1
PDAT2
PDAT3
PDAT4
PDAT5
PDAT6
PDAT7
PDAT0
PDAT1
PDAT2
PDAT3
PDAT4
PDAT5
PDAT6
PDAT7
VCC
R704
4.7K
GND
VCC
SW710
R7151K
VCC
3
21
U701A6
54
U701B 9
810
U701C12
1113
U701D
R71610K
R717130K
1000pF
C705
14 3
2
41
32
32
41
41
32
41
GND
VCC
0.1u
F
C70
4
U701
FG701
GND
JP701
0
VCC
GND
0.1u
F
C70
2
22uF
C701D705
DIODE
32
0.1uF
C703
Q711
R718330
12
LED711
VCC
GND
C1 V 2
+
BUZ701
PDAT0 19
PDAT1 18
PDAT2 17
PDAT316
PDAT4 14
PDAT5 13
PDAT612
PDAT711
LCDE 9
VEE8
RS7
5
VSS 6
CPURSTL3
VSS4
PVCC 2
VSS 10
VSS20
VSS 15
RSV321
NC. 1
NC. 22CN702
PKEY022
PKEY1 21
PKEY2 20
PKEY3 19
PKEY418
PKEY5 17
PLED013
PLED1 12
PLED2 11
PLED310
PLED49
PLED5 8
PLED6 7
PLED76
PLED85
PLED9 4
VSS14
BUZZER 16
RSV1 15
RSV2 3
NC. 24
NC.23
NC. 2
NC.1
CN701
11
22
CN704
GND
GND1
VCC2
VEE3
RS4
R/W5
LCDE6
PDAT07
PDAT18
PDAT29
PDAT310
PDAT411
PDAT512
PDAT613
PDAT714
L C D
LCD701
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
CN703
R7196.8K
R7206.8K
R7216.8K
R7226.8K
R7236.8K
R7246.8K
R7256.8K
R7266.8K
GND
R7276.8K
R7286.8K
R7296.8K
GND
0.01uF
C706
GND
R7304.7K
R7314.7K
VCC
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
E
D
C
B
A
APPENDIX
MENU GUIDE ......................................................... A-1
A-1
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 APPENDIX
MENU GUIDE
Menu GuideSERVICE MODE
DISPLAY
PRINT INFYesNo
SYSTEM
TYPE: AxTMP: 000.0CH-TMP K1:000.0CH-TMP K2:000.0CH-TMP C: 000.0CH-TMP M: 000.0CH-TMP Y: 000.0CP-SIZE X:0000.00P-SIZE Y:0000.00
*Dot count value(Indicated value x ten thousand)
*Carriage driving time
WARNING
01: Wxxxxx
20: Wxxxxx
ERROR
01: Exxxxx
20: Exxxxx
ADJUST
PRINT PATTERN
ScaleTest Print
X-SCALE
-32
0
32
FUNCTION
PANEL LED/LCD
PANEL KEY
COUNTER
W-INK: 000000
T-PLOT: 000000
*Dot count value(Indicated value x ten thousand)
*Carriage driving time
INITIALIZE
W-INK: 000000
T-PLOT: 000000
I/C EEPROM
E/C EEPROM
FrancaisDeutschItalianoEspanolSvenska
English(mm)English(inch)
FrancaisDeutschItalianoEspanolSvenska
Service Mode Menu
: Indicates the main menu or menu(Select the item moving the up or down arrow key.)(The halftone items are indicated only in the roll media mode.)*1: Can be set in printer driver property , and the setting for
them are taken priority to the operation panel setting whenprinting through the driver .
*2: Can be set in printer driver property ,both setting of plotterdriver and operation panel for them reflect on printing.
*3:The service mode menu is indicated only the printer is started inthe service mode.
1234579
31
123
9
0
15
80mm
627mm (914mm)
80mm
18000mm
0
255
1
99
OffAuto30 seconds1 minute2 minutes5 minutes10 minutes
60 minutes
0˚90˚
180˚270˚Auto
30 seconds1 minute2 minutes5 minutes10 minutes30 minutes60 minutes
ISO-AISO-BJIS-B
User
A B
CB
A
100%
999%1%
99%Auto
(*Same as Pen Table 1)
(*Same as Pen Table 1)
Normal MenuMain menu
Print Operation
Pen Setup
Select Table
Modify Table
Pen Table 1
Pen Table 2
Pen Table 3
Reset Table
Line Type
Line Intersect
Line Shading
Pen
Width
Color
Join
Abort PrintBuffer ClearReplotForce Print
SoftwarePen Table 1Pen Table 2Pen Table 3
OffOn
OffNestingMedia SaveBest
AllBlackNew Tank
YesNo
Head Cleaning
Force Cutting
Auto AdjustAuto Band-Adj.
NormalEnhancedHi-ResolutionDraft
Pen Table 1Pen Table 2Pen Table 3All Pen Table
OverlayMerge
OnOff
ColorMono
Roll MediaCut Sheet
Plain PaperCoated PaperTracing PapeFilmr
Print Mode
Media setup
Print Quality
Color/Mono
NormalLarge
CutCut LineNo Cut
Auto SenseHP-GLHP-GL/2+RTLHP RTL
Margin
Auto Cut
Media Type
Copy
Cut Type
Emulation
Plot Layout
Auto Layout
Layout Size
Scale
Rotation
Y-Mirror
User Size
Nesting Timer
Width
Length
Drying Time
Roll/Cut Sheet
Adjustment
7none7even7odd8none8even8odd
2400bps
38400bps
RS-232C
Baud Rate
C
10 seconds30 seconds1 minute2 minutes5 minutes10 minutes30 minutes60 minutes
Interface Setup
HardwareXon/Xoff
OnOff
YesNo
Print LengthBand Joint
DemonstrationMenu MapColor PaletteSetup ListNozzle CheckDump Mode
I/C: Ver.I/Boot: Ver.E/C: Ver.E/Boot: Ver.E/Slv: Ver.MemoryError
I/C: Ver.I/Boot: Ver.E/C: Ver.E/Boot: Ver.E/Slv: Ver.MemoryError
Printing MenuInterface Setup
Data Bit-Parity
Handshake
EOP Timer
System Setup
System Setup
Language
Language
Reset Defaults
Print LengthBand Joint
Feed Priority
Information
Information
Internal Print
Feed Priority
Auto Adjust Mode
10 seconds30 seconds1 minute2 minutes5 minutes10 minutes30 minutes60 minutes
EOP Timer
Print Operation
Abort PrintBuffer Clear
Main Menu
AllBlackNew Tank
Head Cleaning
YesNo
Force Cutting
OffAuto30 seconds1 minute
60 minutes
CutCut LineNo Cut
Auto Cut
Cut Type
Drying Time
OnOff
Auto Adjust Mode
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*2
*2
SERVICE MODE
English(mm)English(inch)
*3
xxxxxxxxx
: Indicates set value.*Press the right or left arrow key to accept the set value.*Press the ENTER key to accept or execute the selection.*(Underlined items are indicated only in the cut sheet media
mode.)
*3
PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) CANON INC.
This document is printedon 100% recycled paper.